■.%. 


^°^. 


^> 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


^/, 


/. 


4^ 


:/j 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


IIM    112.5 


IM    12.2 


m  am 

us 


1.4 


izo 
1.6 


/. 


<^ 


/} 


'<^. 


e: 


^v^ 


o 


// 


% 


''# 


/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corpomtion 


^v 


^^^ 


1. 


s? 


\ 


\ 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14.^80 

(716)  872-4503 


U. 


-4^ 


^^' 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions 


Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiques 


1980 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  No^es/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


L'Institut  «s  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  6t6  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-§tre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  m^thode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiqu6s  ci-dessous. 


D 
D 
D 

n 
n 


D 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 

Covers  damaged/ 
Couverture  endommagde 

Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurde  et/ou  pelliculde 

Cover  title  missing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  gdographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Reli6  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  reliure  serr^e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  ie  long  de  la  marge  intdrieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  po^isible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajoutdes 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  6t6  film^es. 


D 
D 

n 
n 
n 
n 


Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagdes 

Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restaur^es  et/ou  pellicul^es 

Pages  discoloured,  .stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  ddcolordes,  tachetdes  ou  piqu^es 

Pages  detached/ 
Pages  ddtachees 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Quality  in^gale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  materiel  supplementaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure. 
etc.,  ont  dt6  filmdes  d  nouveau  de  fagon  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


D 


Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppl6mentaires: 


r~71    This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

1      I    Ce  document  est  filmd  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqu6  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


26X 


30X 


y 

12X 


16X 


20X 


24X 


28X 


32X 


tails 

du 
sdifier 

une 
Tiage 


The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  reproduced  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Douglas  Library 
Queen's  University 

The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  co|:y  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  — ^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED "),  or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 

Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


L'exemplaire  filmd  fut  reprodult  grdce  d  la 
g6n6rosit6  de: 

Douglas  Library 
Queen's  University 

Les  images  suivantes  ont  6t6  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  et 
de  la  nettetd  de  l'exemplaire  film6,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
filmage. 

Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprim^e  sont  filmds  en  commenpant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  le  second 
plat.  Scion  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  film6s  en  commenpant  par  la 
premidre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terrr.inant  par 
la  dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
dernidre  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbole  — ^  signifie  "A  SUIVRE",  le 
symbols  V  signifie  "FIN". 

Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  dtre 
filmds  d  des  taux  de  reduction  diffdrents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtre 
reprodult  en  un  seul  cliche,  il  est  filmd  d  partir 
de  t'angle  supdrieur  gauche,  de  gauche  d  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  ndcessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrent  la  mdthode. 


rrata 
to 


pelure. 
n  k 


n 


32X 


1  2  3 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

NOKSE  LITERATURE 


PUBLISHED  BY  S.  C.  GRIGGS  &  COMPANY, 

CHICAGO. 


A.VDEUSON  —  America  not  Discovered   by 
Columbus 


Anderson  —  Norse  Mythology     - 

Anderson —Viking  Tales  of  the  North  - 

Anderson  — The  Younger  Edda 

Forestier  — Echoes  from  Mist-Land,    or, 
The  Nibelungen  Lay  Revealed 

HoLcoMB  —  Tegner's  Fpidthjof's  Saga 

Janson  — The  Spell-Bound  Fiddler    - 

Lie  —  The  PilCt  and  his  Wife    - 

Lie  — The  Barque  Future    .... 

Peterson  —  Norwegian  -  Danish  Grammar 
AND  Reader       


$1  00 
2  50 
2  00 
2  00 

1  50 
1  50 
1  00 
1  50 
1  00 

1  25 


J^r/fr-^h^, 


I 


AMEUICA  not  DISOOVKKED  HY  Coi.UMIiL'S. 


AN  HISTORICAL  SKETCH 


OF   THE 


Discovery  of  America  by  the  Norsemen 

IN  THE  TENTH  CENTURY. 
By   RASMUS   B.   ANDERSON,   A.M. 

PROFESSOR    OF    THR    SCANniV4vi«w    .  .•.^,.  '' 

HOXORARvTSr^F  -.^"Ic^^^CcrES^'^lJ^rHxT  ^■'^'^''^^^ ' 

WITH    AN    APPENDIX 

ON    THE    HISTORICAL,    LINGUISTIC.    LITERAKY    AND    SCIEVTIFIC    VAinr 
OK   THE   SCANDINAVIAN   LANGUAGE^  ^'^''^ 

ALSO  A 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 

OF    THE  • 

PRE-COLUMBIAN  DISCOVERIES  OF  AMERICA, 

«Y  PAUL  BARRON  WATSON. 


THIRD   EDITION,  ENLARGED. 


CHICAGO: 
S.  C.  GRIGGS  AND   COMPANY. 

1883. 


f 


E  I05.K5 


Copyright.  1874, 
By  S.  C.  GRIGGS  AND  COMPANY. 


Copyright,  1883, 
Bt  S.  C.  GRIGGS  AND  COMPANY, 


KNIQHT    &    LEONARD,    PRINTERS,    CHICAQO. 


/      ~      P/^dJl 


PEEFACE. 


TN  preparing  this  sketch,  the  author  has  freely 
made  use  of  sucli  material  as  he  considered 
valuable  for  his  purpose  from  the  works  of  Torfjeus, 
C.  C.  Rafn,  J.  T.  Smith,  N.  L.  Beamish,  G.  Gra- 
vier,  B.  F.  De  Costa,  A.  Davis,  Washington  Irving, 
R.  M.  Ballantyne,  P.  A.  Munch,  R.  Keyser,  and 
others,  and  he  is  under  special  obligations  to  Dr. 
S.  H.  Carpenter,  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  for 
valuable  suggestions. 

This  sketcli  does  not  claim  to  be  withoiit  faults. 
The  style  may  seem  dull  and  heavy,  but  it  is  hoped 
that  the  reader  will  be  generous  in  criticising  an 
author  who  now  makes  his  first  appearance  before 
the  American  public.  The  object  of  this  sketch 
has  been  to  present  a  readable  and  truthful  narrative 
of  the  ISTorse  discovery  of  America,  to  create  some 
interest  in  the  people,  the  literature,  and  the  early 
institutions  of  Norway,  and  especially  in  Iceland,— 
that  lonely  and  weird  island,— the   Ultoia   Thuld 


59;i72 


I'KEFACE. 


of  the  Greek  Philosophers;  and  of  the  good  or  ill 
performance  of  the  task,  a  generous  public  must  bo 
the  judge 


University  op  Wisconsin, 

June  18,  1874. 


OONTEI^TS. 


CHAPTER  I. 
The  Norsemen,  and  otuer  Peoples,  interested  in 

THE  Discovery  of  America, 35 

CHAPTER  II. 
Norse    Literature    hao    been    Neglected  by   the 

Learned  Men  op  the  Great  Nations,         -        -      41 

CHAPTER  III. 
Antiquity  op  America, 45 


CHAPTER  IV. 
Phenician,  Greek,  Irish,  and  Welsh  Claims, 

CHAPTER  V. 
Who  Were  the  Norsemen?    -       ... 


Iceland, 
Greenland, 


CHAPTER  VI. 
CHAPTER  VII. 


47 


49 


52 


W 


CHAPTP]R  VIII. 
The  Ships  op  the  Norsemen, 61 


6  CONTENTS. 

CHAPTER  IX. 
The  Sagas  and  Documents  ake  Genuine,     -       -       -      64 

CHAPTER  X. 
Bjarne  Heiuulfson,  986, 68 

CHAPTER  XI. 
Leif  Erikson,  1000, 71 

CHAPTER  XII. 
Thorvald  Erikson,  1002, -      75 

CHAPTER  Xni. 
Thorstein  Erikson,  1005, 78 

CHAPTER  XIV. 
Thorfinn  Karlsepne  and  Gudrid,  1007,       -        -        -      79 

CHAPTER  XV. 
Other  Expeditions  by  the  Norsemen,  -       -       -      84 

CHAPTER  XVI. 
The  Discovery  of  America  by  Columbus,     -        -        -      85 

CHAPTER  XVII. 
Conclusion,        -       -       - 93 

APPENDIX. 

The  Scandinavian  Languages, 95 

Bibliography  of  the  Pre-Columbian  Discoveries  of 

America, 131 


PREFACE  TO  THE  NEW  EDITION. 


OINCE  the  first  edition  of  tliis  little  book  was 
^^  published,  the  discovery  of  America  has  received 
much  attention.  The  claims  of  the  Norsemen,  the 
Irish,  the  Welsh,  and  even  of  the  Chinese,  have  all 
been  waruily  advocated. 

In  presenting  this  new  edition  of  "America  not 
discovered  by  Columl)Us,"  we  desire  to  call  the  read- 
er's attention  to  soine  of  the  literature  that  has  ap- 
peared since  the  publication  of  our  volume.  We  pass 
over  in  silence  all  the  newspaper  and  magazine  arti- 
cles and  reviews,  confining  ourselves  to  what  has  been 
put  in  book  form. 

1.  Immediately  after  the  publication  of  our  book, 
in  1874,  appeared  a  very  re.i^arkable  work,  by  Aaron 
Goodrich,  entitled,  "  A  History  of  the  Character  and 
Achievements  of  the  so-called  Christopher  Columbus, 
with  numerous  Illustrations  and  an  Appendix  "  (New 
York,  I).  Appletcn  &  Co.).  Goodrich  pronounces 
Columbus  a  fraud,  and  denounces  him  as  mean,  selfish, 
perfidious  and  cruel.  He  has  evidently  made  a  very 
careful  study  of  the  life  of  Columbus,  and  we  have 
looked  in  vain  for  a  satisfactory  refutation  of  his  state- 


8 


PKLKAOE   TO   THE   NEW    EDITION. 


moiits.  Ill  Mr.  Goodrich's  book  will  be  found  a  i)rief 
but  tolerably  accurate  sketch  of  the  Norse  discovery 
of  this  continent. 

2.   In  1875  appeared  the  following  books : 

{a)  "  The  Island  of  Fire,"  by  P.  C.  Ileadley.  Its 
ninth  chapter  treats  of  the  discovery  of  America  by 
the  Norsemen. 

{h)  "  Younn^  Folks'  History  of  the  United  States," 
by  Thomas  Wentworth  Higginson.  Its  fourth  chap- 
ter treats  of  the  Norse  discovery. 

(c)  "A  Grammar  School  History  of  the  United 
States,"  by  John  J.  Anderson  (New  York).  The  first 
section  gives  a  synopsis  of  the  Norse  discovery. 

{d)  "Lectures  delivered  in  Amer  ca,"  by  Charles 
Kingsley.  The  third  lecture  is  upon  the  first  discov- 
ery of  America. 

{e)  "Fusang,  or  the  Discovery  of  America  by 
Chinese  Buddhist  Priests,  in  the  Fifth  Century,"  by 
Charles  G.  Leland.  This  work  recognizes,  on  page 
32,  the  claims  of  the  Norsemen,  but  presents  an  older 
claim  by  the  Chinese,  showing  that  a  Buddhist  monk 
or  missionary,  named  Tloei-shin,  returned  in  the  year 
499  A.D.  from  a  long  journey  to  the  East.  The 
country  that  Hoei-shin  visited  is  claimed  to  be  Old 
and  New  Mexico,  and  was  called  by  him  Fusang. 
The  monk  had  found  in  this  new  and  strange  country 


I'M 


PREFACE    TO   THE    NEW    EDITION.  9 

an  abundance  of  the  maguey  plant,  or  great  cactus, 
which  lie  called  fusang,  after  a  chinese  plant  slightly 
resembling  it,  and  this  name  (Fusang)  he  applied  to 
the  country  itself  Leland's  book  is  well  worth 
reading. 

(/)  In  July,  1875,  was  held,  in  Nancy,  France, 
the  first  meeting  of   the  Congres  International   des 
Am^ricanistes,  a  society  which  has  been  organized  for 
the  sole  purpose  of  thoroughly  investigating  the  pre- 
Columbian  history  of  the  American  continent.     The 
Gompte  rendu  of  this  session  has  been  published  in 
two  large  octavo  volumes,  by  Maisonneuve  et  Cie., 
Paris.  -  In  the  first  volume  will  be  found  many  valua- 
ble papers  on  the  d.o^overy  of  America  by  the  Pheni- 
cians,  Chinese,  Irish,  Norsemen,  Welsh;  and  on   the 
relation  of  these  discoveries  to  the  transatlantic  voy- 
ages by  Columbus.    The  second  meeting  of  this  society 
will  be  held,  September,  1877,  in  Luxembourg,  anil 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  it  wMl  in  course  of  time 
produce  a  unique  library  of  papers  and  discussions  on 
pre-Columbian  America.     We  are  glad  to  notice  that 
the  savans  who  assembled  in  Nancy  in   1875  fully 
recognized  the  claims  of  the  Norsemen.* 

so   An  tr™"  "  ''™'^"  ^"'""'^  "^^  ^'^■"^'^  "«y«^"  -^  John 
S.C.  Abbotts  "Christopher  Columbus;"  i„  all  of  which  th«  Norse  claims 

are  v:„dzcated.    The  last  is  in  part  a  reply  to  the  above-mentioned  worlc  of 
Aaron  Goodrich. 


10 


pkefacp:  to  the  new  edition. 


3.    In  1876  appeared  : 

{a)  "  An  American  in  Iceland,"  by  Samuel  Knee- 
land.  Its  fourteenth  chapter  is  devoted  to  a  presenta- 
tion and  discussion  of  the  Norse  discovery  of  America. 

{J))  "  America  discovered  by  the  Welsh,"  by  Benja- 
min F.  Bowen  (Lippincott,  publisher).  The  voyages 
of  the  Norsemen,  in  the  tenth  and  eleventh  centuries, 
are  set  down,  on  page  23,  as  being  too  well  authenti- 
cated to  admit  of  any  doubt,  and  the  book  gives  an 
interestinij;  and  elaborate  discussion  of  the  Welsh  dis- 
CO  very  of  America,  in  the  year  1170,  by  Prince  Madoc 
and  his  followers,  in  order,  as  the  author  says,  "to 
assign  them  their  rightful  place  in  American  history." 
And,  indeed,  these  various  pre-Columbian  discoverers 
are  gradually  receiving  recognicion  in  American  his- 
tory !  It  used  to  be  the  custon?.  to  pass  over  these 
early  visitors  to  our  continent  in  utter  silence  or  with 
a  contemptuous  fling  at  them,  as  though  they  were 
mere  myths,  created  only  for  the  purpose  of  tickling 
the  vanity  of  the  different  nationalities. 

It  gives  us  2;i"eat  pleasure  to  be  abie  to  state  that 
none  of  the  re-^ent  histories  of  the  United  States  have 
neglected  to  call  attention  to  the  pre-Columbian  dis- 
coverers. Mr.  John  Clark  Ridpath  writes  the  title- 
page  of  his  work  as  follows :  "  A  History  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  from  the  aboriginal  times 


PREFACE    TO    THE    NEW    EDITION. 


11 


to  the  present  day ;  embracing  an  account  of  the  Ab- 
origines :  ♦lie  Norsemen  in  the  New  World ;  the  dis- 
coveries by  the  Spaniards,  English,  and  French,  etc. 
etc. ; "  imd  part  II  of  the  work  begins  with  a  detailed 
account  of  the  Norse  discoveries. 

In  William  Culleri  Bryant's  large  history  of  the 
United  States,  now  being  published,  we  find  the  fol- 
lowing very  interesting  title-page:  "A  Popular  History 
ol'  the  United  States,  from  the  first  discovery  of  the 
Western  Hemisphere  by  the  Northmen  to  the  end  of 
the  First  Century  of  the  Union  of  the  States;"  and  a 
large  portion  of  the  first  volume  of  that  great  work  is 
devoted  to  an  elaborate  account  of  the  discovery  of 
the  American  continent  by  the  Norsemen,  irish, 
Welsh,  etc.  This  is  right,  and  therefore  we  approve 
it  and  are  glad  of  it.  "Truth  crushed  to  earth 
will  rise  again,"  and  in  the  growing  recognition  of 
the  claims  of  the  Norsemen  to  the  honor  of  havino- 
dis(;overed  America  in  the  tenth  centurv  is  a  beautiful 
illustration  of  the  truth  contained  in  this  sentence. 

While  the  various  writers  here  alluded  to  freely 
admit  the  fact  that  the  Norsemen,  as  well  as  others, 
discovered  and  explored  parts  of  America  long  before 
Columbus,  they  are  unwilling  to  believe  that  there  is 
any  historical  connection  I)etween  the  discovery  of  the 
Noi'semen  and  that  of  Columbus;  or,  in  other  words, 


12 


PKEFACE  TO   THE   NEW   EDITION. 


that  Columbus  profited  in  any  way  by  the  Norsemen's 
knowledge  of  America. 

This  is  all  the  more  singular,  since  none  of  them 
even  try  to  deny  the  statement  made  by  Fernando 
Columbo,*  his  son,  that  he  (Christopher  Columbus) 
not  only  spent  some  time  in  Iceland,  in  1477,  but 
sailed  three  hundred  miles  beyond,  which  must  have 
brought  him  nearly  within  sight  of  Greenland.  "We 
are  informed  that  he  was  an  earnest  student  and  the 
best  geographer  and  map-maker  of  his  day.  He 
was  a  diligent  reader  of  Aristotle,  Seneca  and  Strabo. 
Why  not  also  of  Adam  of  Bremen,  who  in  his  vol- 
ume, published  in  the  year  1076,  gave  an  accurate 
and  well  authenticated  account  of  Vinland  (New 
England)  ? 

Is  it  not  fair  to  sav  that  Columbus  must  have  read 
Adam  of  Bremen's  book,  and  that  he  in  1477  went  to 
explore  and  reconnoitre  the  old  northern  route  by  way 
of  Iceland,  Greenland,  Markland  and  Helluland  to 
Vinland  ?  We  must  insist  that  it  is,  to  say  the  least, 
highly  probable  that  he  had  in  some  way  obtained 
knowledge  of  the  discoveries  of  the  Norsemen  in  the 
western  ocean,  and  that  lie  thought  their  Yinland.  to 

The  statement  is  found  in  Chapter  iv  of  the  biography,  which  the  son 
of  Christopher  Columbus.  Fernando,  wrote  of  his  father,  and  which  was 
published  in  Venice  in  1571.  Its  title  is,  ''Vita  dell'  admiraglio  Ohrlsophoro 
Columbo." 


PREFACE    iw   THE  NEW    EDITION. 


13 


be  the  eastern  shores  of  Asia.  But  no  matter  what 
indue-'d  him  to  go  to  Iceland.*  We  know  positively 
that  he  went  there  and  even  three  hundred  miles 
beyond  it.  The  last  Norse  voyage  to  America  of 
which  we  htve  any  account  was  in  the  year  1347,  and 
is  it  possible,  we  ask,  that  Columbus  could  visit  Ice- 
land only  130  years  later  and  learn  nothing  of  the 
famous  Vinland  the  Good  ? 

We  firmly  believe  in  evolution  so  far  as  the  dis- 
covery of  America  is  concerned.  We  believe  that  the 
voyages  of  the  Phenicians  and  of  the  Greek  Pytheas 
were  the  germ  that  budded  in  the  explorations  of  Irish 
Welshmen  and  Norsemen,  and  culminated  in  the  dis- 
covery of  America  by  Columbus.  Columbus  added 
the  last  link  of  the  golden  chain  that  was  to  unite  the 
two  continents.  We  believe  that  Columbus  was  a 
scholar,  who  industriously  studied  all  books  and  manu- 
scripts that  contained  any  information  about  voyages 
and  discoveries ;  that  his  searching  mind  sought  out  the 
writings  of  Adam  of  Bremen,  that  well-known  historian 
who  in  the  most  unmistakable  and  emphatic  language 
speaks  of  the  Norse  discovery  of  Vinland;  that  the 

*Thc  famous  geographer  Malte-Brun  suggests,  in  his  Histoire  dc  la 
Gdographic,  ii,  pp.  395,  499,  that  Columbus,  when  in  Italy,  had  heard  of 
the  Norse  discoveries  beyond  Iceland,  for  Rome  was  then  the  world's  center, 
and  all  information  of  importmce  was  sent  there;  and  we  know  that  Pope 
Paschal  II  appointed  Erik  Upsi  Bishop  of  Vinland  in  the  year  1112,  and 
that  Erik  Upsi  went  personally  to  Vinland  in  1121. 


lu. 


I 


14 


PKEFACE   TO   THE   NEW    EDITION. 


information  thus  gathered  induced  him  to  make  his 
voyage  to  Iceland.  And  thus  we  are  able  to  explain 
the  firm  conviction  that  Columbus  invariably  ex- 
pressed in  reference  to  land  in  the  west ;  thus  we  can 
account  for  the  absolute  certainty  and  singular  firm- 
ness with  which  he  talked  of  land  across  the  ocean ; 
and  thus  we  can  account  for  his  accurate  knowledge  of 
the  breadth  of  the  ocean. 

Many  have  objected  that  Columbus  never  enter- 
tained an  idea  of  discovering  a  neio  worlds  but  that  he 
was  in  search  of  a  western  route  to  India.  What  of  it? 
Why  could  not  Columbus  have  supposed  that  the 
Vinland,  which  the  Norsemen  had  found,  and  which 
Adam  of  Bremen  wrote  about,  was  the  very  India  to 
which  he  wanted  to  find  a  western  route?  Grant  that 
all  he  wanted  to  know  was,  whether  land  could  be 
found  by  sailing  westward, —  if  he  ever  had  such  an 
opinion  he  must  certainly  have  gotten  it  confirmed  in 
Iceland.  The  Norsemen  had  not  discovered  the  Pa- 
cific Ocean,  and  Columbus  might  well  have  believed 
that  the  Norsemen  had  discovered  India. 

If  Columbus  had  learned  of  Vinland  when  he  was 
in  Iceland,  why  did  he  not  sail  farther  north  instead 
of  going  so  far  to  the  south  that  he  reached  the  West 
India  Islands  instead  of  New  England?  This  question 
has  frequently  been  urged,    and  we  reply,  that  the 


I 


PKEFACE   TO   THE   NEW    EDITION. 


16 


Icelanders  must  have  told  hiin,  as  they  state  in 
their  Sagas,  that  far  to  the  south  of  Vinland  was 
Irland-it-Mikla,  or  Great  Ireland ;  that  this  Great  Ire- 
land extended  certainly  as  far  south  as  the  present 
Florida,  and  hence  his  shortest  and  most  pleasant 
route  would  be  to  sail  about  due-west  from  Spain. 
Granting  that  America  had  not  yet  been  foimd,  any 
South  European  navigator,  who  had  examined  the  Old 
Norse  Sagas,  and  w^anted  to  re-discover  the  lands  there- 
in described,  would  feel  sure  of  reaching  Irland-it-Mikla 
by  taking  about  the  same  course  as  did  Columbus. 

In  presenting  these  arguments,  we  repeat  a  state- 
ment that  we  have  made  elsewhere,  that  we  are  not 
detracting  in  any  way  from  the  great  and  well-de- 
served fame  of  Columbus.  We  are  rather  vindicat- 
ing him  as  a  man  of  thorough  scholarship,  great 
research,  good  judgment,  in  short  a  man  of  extraor- 
dinary ability,  by  showing  that  his  discovery  of 
America  was  the  fruit  of  patient  and  persevering 
study  of  all  the  geographical  information  within  his 
reach,  and  not  a  matter  of  chance,  baseless  specula- 
tion, or  as  some  would  like  to  have  it,  inspiration. 

We  believe  he  examined  carefully  the  traditions 
found  in  Plato  of  an  island  Atlantis,  that  had  been 
swallowed  up  by  the  waves;  we  believe  he  read 
what  Dioduros  says  about  Phenician  merchants  who 


16 


PKEFACE   TO   THE   NEW    EUITION. 


were  driven  by  storms  out  of  their  course  and  found 
a  fertile  land  to  the  west  of  Africa;  we  believe  he 
had  read  Adam  of  Bremen,  and  that  he  could  not 
rest  satisfied,  before  he  had  undertaken  that  perilous 
voyage  to  Iceland  and  heard  from  the  very  lips  of 
the  Norsemen  themselves,  the  sagas  relating  to  Vin- 
land  and  Gi-eat  Ireland. 

We  neglected  to  mention  in  our  first  edition 
the  two  remarkable  visitors  to  America, — Are  Mar- 
son  and  Bjorn,  the  Champion  of  Breidavik;  and  we 
gave  Gudleif  Gudlaugson  but  a  passing  notice,  for  the 
reason  that  their  voyages  are  in  no  really  historical 
connection  with  the  voyages  of  Leif  and  Thorvald 
Erikson  and  Thorfinn  Karlsefne.  The  Landnamabok 
and  Eyrbyggja  Sagas  give  elaborate  accounts  of  these 
adventurers,  the  substance  of  which  is  as  follows  : 

The  powerful  chieftain.  Are  Marson,  of  Reykjanes, 
in  Iceland,  was,  in  the  year  983,  driven  to  Great 
Ireland  (the  country  around  the  Chesapeake  Bay)  by 
storms,  and  was  there  baptized.  The  first  author  of 
this  account  was  his  contemporary,  Rafn,  surnamed 
the  Limerick-trader,  he  having  long  resided  in  Lim- 
erick, in  Ireland.  The  illustrious  Icelandic  sage.  Are 
Frode,  the  first  compiler  of  Landnama,  who  was  him- 
self a  descendant  in  the  fourth  degree  from  Are  Mar- 
son,   states  on  this  subject  that  his   uncle,  Thorkel 


PREFACE    TO   TIIK    NEW    EDITION. 


17 


Gellerson,   (whose  testimony  he  on  another  occasion 
declares  to  be  worthy  of  all  credit,)  had  been  informed 
by  Icelanders,  who  had  their  information  from  Thortinn 
Sigurdson,  jarl  of  Orkney,,  that  Are  had  been  recog- 
nized in  Great  Ireland,  and  could  not  get  away  from 
there,  but  was  there  held  in  great  respect.     This  state- 
ment therefore  sliows  that  in  those  times  (A.  D.  983) 
there  was  an  occasional  intercourse  between  the  west- 
ern part  of  Europe  (the  Orkneys  and  Ireland)  and  the 
Great  Ireland  or  Whiteman's  Land  of  America.     The 
Saga    (Landndmabok,    Landtaking   Book,   Domesday 
Book)  expressly  states  that  Great  Ireland  lies  to  the 
west,  in  the  sea,  near  vo  Yinland  the  Good,  VI  days' 
sailing  west  from  Ireland  ;  and  Professor  Eafn  was  of 
the  opinion   that  the  figures  YI  have  arisen  through 
some  mistake  or  carelessness  of  the  transcriber  of  the 
original  manuscript,  wlii6h  is  now  lost,  and  were  er- 
roneously written  for  XX,  XI,  or  perhaps  XY,  which 
would  better  correspond  with  the  distance.     The  mis- 
take might  easily  have  been  caused  by  a  blot  or  defect 
in  the  manuscript. 

^  It  must  have  been  in  this  same  Groat  Ireland  that 
Bjorn  Asbrandson,  surnamed  the  Champion  of  Breid- 
avik,  spent  the  latter  part  of  his  life.  He  had  been 
adopted  into  the  celebrated  band  of  Jomsborg  war- 
riors,  that  Dr.  G.  W.  Dasent  describes  in  his  "Vikings 


!^' 


18 


PliEFACE    TO    THE   MEW    EDITION. 


I'!' 


!>' 


of  the  Baltic,''  under  Paliiatoke,  and  took  part  with 
them  in  the  battle  of  Fvrisval,  in  Sweden.  His  illicit 
amatory  connection  with  Thurid  of  Froda  (liiver  Frod) 
iii  Iceland,  a  sister  of  the  powerful  Snorre  Gode,  drew 
upon  him  the  enmity  r.nd  persecution  of  the  latter,  in 
consequence  of  which  he  found  himself  obliged  to  quit 
the  country  for  ever,  and  in  the  year  999  he  set  sail 
from  Iceland  with  a  northeast  wind. 

Gudleif  Gudlaugson,  brother  of  Thorlinn,  the  an- 
cestor of  the  celebrated  historian,  Snorre  Sturleson, 
had,  as  related  in  Chapter  I  of  this  volume,  made  u 
trading  voyage  to  Dublin,  in  Ireland ;  but  when  he 
left  that  place  .-^.gain,  with  the  intention  of  sailing 
round  Ireland  and  returning  to  Iceland,  he  met  with 
long-continning  northeasterly  winds,  which  drove  him 
far  to  the  southwest  in  the  ocean,  and  ?ate  in  the 
summer  he  and  his  company  came  at  last  to  an  ex- 
tensive country,  but  they  knew  not  what  coimtry  it 
was.  On  their  landing,  a  crowed  of  the  natives,  several 
hundreds  in  number,  came  against  them,  and  laid 
hands  on  them,  and  bound  them.  They  did  not  know 
anybody  in  the  crowd,  but  it  seemed  to  them  that 
their  language  resembled  Irish.  The  natives  now  took 
counsel  whether  they  should  kill  the  strangers  or  make 
slaves  of  them.  While  they  were  deliberating,  a  large 
company   approached,  displaying  a  banner,  close   to 


PREFACE   Tt)    THE   NEW    EDITION. 


19 


which  rode  a  man  of  distinguished  appearance,  who 
was  far  advanced  in  year,?,  and  had  gray  hair.  The 
matter  under  deliberation  was  referred  to  his  decision. 
He  was  the  above-named  Bjorn  Asbrandson.  He 
caused  Gudleif  to  be  brought  before  him,  and,  address- 
ing him  in  the  Norse  hinguage,  he  asked  him  wlience 
lie  came.  On  his  replying  that  he  was  an  Icelander, 
J3jorn  made  many  inquiries  about  his  acquaintance  in 
Iceland,  particularly  about  his  beloved  Thurid  of  Frod 
River,  and  her  son  Kjartan,  supposed  to  be  his  own 
son,  and  who  at  that  time  was  the  proprietor  of  the 
estate  of  Frod  River.  In  the  meantime,  the  natives 
becoming  impatient  and  demanding  a  decision,  Bjorn 
selected  twelve  of  his  company  as  counselors,  and  took 
them  aside  with  him,  and  some  time  afterward  he 
went  toward  Gudleif  and  his  companions  and  told 
them  that  the  natives  had  left  the  matter  to  his  de- 
cision. He  thereupon  gave  them  their  liberty,  and 
advised  them,  although  the  summer  was  already  far 
advanced,  to  depart  immediately,  because  the  natives 
were  not  to  be  depended  on,  and  were  difficult  to  deal 
with,  and,  moreover,  conceived  that  an  infringement 
on  their  laws  had  been  committed  to  their  disadvan- 
tage. He  gave  them  a  gold  ring  for  Thurid  and  a 
sword  for  Kjartan,  and  told  them  to  charge  his  friends 
and  relations  not  to  come  over  to  him,  as  he  had  now 


20 


I'KEFACE  TO  TIJK   NEW    EDITION. 


become  old,  and  might  daily  expect  that  old  age  would 
get  the  better  of  him ;  that  the  country  was  large, 
having  but  few  harbors,  and  that  strangers  must  every- 
where expect  a  hostile  reception.  Gudleif  and  his 
company  accordingly  set  sail  again,  and  found  their 
way  back  to  Dublin,  where  they  spent  the  winter ;  but 
the  next  summer  they  repaired  to  Iceland,  and  de- 
livered the  presents,  and  everybody  was  convinced 
that  it  was  really  Bjorn  Asbrandson,  the  Champion  of 
Breidavik,  that  they  had  met  with  in  that  far-off 
country. 

An  American  poet,  G(eorge)  E.  O(tis),  published 
',->  1874,  in  Boston,  a  very  pleasant  poem  based  on  the 
saga  narrative  of  Bjorn  Asbrandson.  The  name  of  the 
poem  is  "  Thurid."  The  above  narrative,  taken  from 
"Antiquitates  Americanse,"  is  merely  a  brief  abstract 
of  the  sagas  which,  in  the  case  of  Bjorn,  as  the  reader 
may  easily  imagine,  is  brimful  of  dramatic  and  poetic 
interest.  The  Landndmabok  and  the  Eyrbyggja  Saga 
are  of  vital  importance  to  every  one  who  would  make 
a  study  of  the  discovery  of  America  by  the  Irish,  but 
as  we  expect  at  some  future  day  to  be  able  to  give 
to  the  public  a  complete  translation  of  all  the  old 
Norse  sagas  treating  of  voyages  to  the  wQstern  con- 
tinent, we  nnist  pass  on  to  another  subject. 

Anent  the  Dighton  Eock,  we  have  had  some  corre- 


PREFACE   TO   THE   NEW    EDITIO>:. 


21 


spondence  with  Elisha  Slade,  Esq.,  of  Somerset,  Bristol 

county,  Massachusetts.     Before  giving  his  letters  we 

will   say,   in   general,   that   until   sufficient  proof  of 

some  otlier  origin  of  tlie  Newport   Tower  and   the 

Dighton  Rock  inscriptions  are  given,  we  si'  ill  persist 

in  claiming  them  as  relics  of  the  Norsemen.*    Now 

please  read  the  following  letters: 

SoMEiisET,  Bkistol  County,  Massachusetth, 

December  17,  1875. 

Dear  Sir, — I  take  pleasure  in  forwarding  to  your 
address  a  stereoscopic  view  of  the  celebrated  Dighton 
Rock,  situated  in  Taunton  River,  at  low  water  mark, 
three  miles  north  of  Somerset,  on  the  eastern  bank 
of  the  river.  As  you  well  know,  the  rock  has  been 
the  subject  of  much  learned  discussion  at  various 
times  since  the  landing  of  tlie  Pilgrims. 

Geologically,  Dighton  Rock  is  a  silicious  sand- 
stone of  the  upper  Silurian  period,  and,  I  think, 
belongs  to  the  Helderberg  group,  stratified  as  you 
see  in  the  picture,  the  stratifications  at  right  angles 
to  the  face  and  parallel  to  the  surface ;  was  probably 
deposited  in  still  water;  is  a  boulder  and  not  in  situ. 

I  have  carefully  measured  the  rock,  and  the  fol- 
lowing is  the  result  of  my  work : 

The  face  of  the  rock,  on  which  are  the  inscriptions, 

*  We  are  fully  aware  that  the  Copenhagen  runologists  do  not  regard  the 
Dighton  Itock  Inscription  as  a  work  of  the  Norsemen.  But  in  the  first  place 
the  writing  is  not  claimed  to  be  runic,  but  lioman.  Prof.  Rafn  himself  did 
not  try  to  show  more  than  two  or  three  runic  letters  in  it.  And  in  the  second 
place  we  are  not  aware  that  either  Stephens  or  Worsaae  have  ever  made  any 
careful  examination  of  the  inscription.  When  they  have  made  a  thorough 
Btudyof  it  and  reported,  we  are  willing  to  accept  their  decision  on  the  subject. 


22 


rUKFACE   TO   THE    NEW    EDITION. 


J'; 


has  an  angle  of  47°  to  the  horizon,  and  tlie  surface 
(not  seen  in  the  picture)  as  it  Hlojjes  toward  the  shore 
is  in  the  moan  25°  to  the  liorizou. 

The  mean  hei«i^lit  of  the  rock  on  its  face  above 
tlie  ground  is  1,293  meters. 

Its  mean  length  on  its  surface  is  1,768  meters. 

Its  mean  width  is  3,384  meters. 

Its  contents  above  ground  is  3,871  cubic  meters. 

Its  weight  is  9,071,023  kilogrammes. 

In  viewing  the  rock,  you  are  looking  in  a  south- 
easterly direction,  or,  perha})s,  more  nearly  SS.E.  by 
the  compass,  but  the  magnetic  needle  here  has  a 
variation  of  11°  03'  west  of  north. 

The  rock  is  almost  covered  with  water  at  high 
tide,  and  can  only  be  seen  to  advantage  at  low  tide. 

The  inscriptions  on  the  rock  are  from  one-eighth 
to  three-eighths  of  an  inch  dee]).  At  the  time  it 
was  photographed  I  made  nearly  all  of  the  chalk 
marks  myself,  and  no  chalking  was  made  where  the 
cutting  in  the  rook  was  not  jplah^jy  visible  to  the  eye^ 
and  many  markings  partly  obscure  were  not  touched, 
thus  giving  the  rock  the  benefit  of  all  possihle  doubt. 

Captain  A.  M.  Plarrison,  in  charge  of  the  United 
States  Coast  Survey,  engaged  in  work  on  Taunton 
River,  was  present  when  the  photograph  was  taken, 
and  he  is  engaged  upon  a  history  of  the  Norsemen's 
discovery  of  America,  in  connection  with  Dighton 
Rock,  by  request  of  the  United  States  government. 
His  report,  when  completed,  will  be  a  valuable 
work.     I  am,  my  dear  sir,  very  respectfully. 

Your  obedient  servant,         Elisha  Slade. 


PREFACE   IX)   THE   NEW    EDITION. 


38 


It  has  80  frequently  been  claimed  that  the  inscrip- 
tions on  Dighton  Rock  are  nothing  but  "  Indian 
scrawls,"  hence  we  wrote  to  Mr.  Slade,  asking  him 
whether  they  could,  in  his  opinion,  have  leen  made 
with  stone  implements.     Here  is  his  answer: 

Somerset,  Bhistol  County,  Massachusetts, 

March  13,  1876. 
Dear  Sir, — You  ask  my  opinion  as  to  the  instru- 
ments used  in  cutting  the  inscriptions  on  Digiiton 
Rock.  I  think  they  were  iron  implements,  and 
that  they  were  in  the  hands  of  a  skilled  mechanic  — 
a  Norseman  worthy  of  the  name.  T  do  not  know 
that  my  opinion  on  this  question  is  of  any  conse- 
({uence,  still  I  have  seen  work  undoubtedly  performed 
l)y  an  aboriginal  American  with  flint  and  stone  tools, 
but  the  characters  were  not  nicely  edged,  as  these 
are.  I  cannot  believe  they  were  made  by  the  lazy 
Indian  of  Schoolcraft. 

I  have  a  decided  interest  in  the  Norsemen's  visit 
to  New  England,  for  Thorfinn  must  have  been  well 
acquainted  with  Somerset,  my  native  town.  He 
must  have  seen  Taunton  River  as  I  see  it,  with 
Mount  Hope  and  Narragansett  bay,  and  seen  the 
same  sun  rise  over  the  same  hills  and  set  behind 
the  same  ridge  865  years  ago.  It  is  not  impossible 
that  Snorre  was  born  in  Somerset. 

Ever  truly  yours, 

Elisha  Si.ade. 


'i»^  , 


24 


PREFACE   TO   THE   NEW    EDITION. 


In  reference  to  this  curious  rock  we  will  now 
only  refer  the  reader  to  Chapter  XIY  of  this  book. 

From  Joseph  Story  Fp^',  Esq.,  of  Wood's  Holl, 
Massachuset^.s,  we  have  received  the  following  very 
interesting  paper  on  "The  Track  of  the  Norsemen," 
which  we  recommend  to  the  careful  perusal  of  our 
readers.  Before  presenting  it,  however,  we  will  re- 
mark that  the  name  Hope  is  found  in  Thortinn  Karl- 
sefne's  Saga,  w^here  we  read  •  "  Karlsefne  sailed  with 
his  people  into  the  mouth  of  the  river  (Taunton 
River),  and  they  called  the  place  Hop  (Mount 
Hope)."'  Hope  is  from  the  Icelandic  hopa^  to  recede, 
and  signities  a  bay  or  the  mouth  of  a  river.  The 
description  in  the  saga  corresponds  exactly  with  the 
present  situation  of  Mount  Hope  Bay.  Here  is  Mr. 
Fay's  paper.  (We  publish  it  by  permission  of  the 
author.) 

It  is  now  well  established  that  in  the  tenth  cent- 
ury the  Norsemen  visited  tliis  country,  and  coasting 
down  from  Greenland,  passed  along  Cape  Cod,  through 
Vineyard  Sound  to  Narragansett  Bay,  where  it  is  be- 
lieved they  settled.  In  the  neighborhood  of  Assonet 
and  Dighton,  inscriptions  upon  the  rocks  have  been 
found,  and  traditions  exist  that  there  were  others, 
which  have  been  destroyed.  The  name  of  Mount 
Hope  is  supposed  to  have  been  given  to  the  Indians 
by  them,  and  it  is  a  little  curious  that  those  antiquaries 


PREFACE   TO   THE   NEW    EDITION. 


25 


who  have  tried  to  identify  tlie  names  in  Narragansett 
Bay  with  the  Norsemen  did  not  look  elsewhere  on 
tlieir  route. 

The  Eev.  Isaac  Taylor,  the  author  of  a  work 
published  by  Macmillan  &  Co.,  of  London,  entitled 
"Words  and  Places,"  dilates  upon  the  tenacity  with 
which  the  names  of  places  adhere  to  them,  "throwing 
light  upon  history  when  other  records  are  in  doubt." 
lie  showi-  the  progress  and  extent  of  the  Celtic,  Nor- 
wegian and  Saxon  migration  over  Europe,  by  the 
names  and  terminals  which  still  exist  over  that  conti- 
nent and  even  on  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea, 
and  says,  "the  knowledge  of  the  history  and  migra- 
tions of  such  tribes  must  be  recovered  from  the  study 
of  the  names  of  the'  places  they  once  inhabited,  but 
which  now  know  them  no  more,  from  the  names  of 
the  hills  which  they  fortiiied,  of  the  rivers  by  which 
they  dwelt,  of  the  distant  mountains  upon  which  they 
gazed."  He  says,  "  In  the  Shetlands,  every  local  name 
without  exception  is  Norwegian.     The  names  of  the 

farms  end  in  seter  or ster,  and  the  hills  are 

called hoy  and  holl ; "  and  yet  he  also  says, 

"  the  name  of  Greenland  is  the  only  one  left  to  remind 
us  of  th^.  Scandinavian  settlements  which  were  made 
in  America  in  the  tenth  century."  Would  the  author 
have  made  this  exception  to  his  axiom  as  to  the  dura- 
bility of  names,  had  he  remembered  that  the  Norse- 
men called  the  southern  coast  of  Massachusetts  Vin- 
L AND,  and  then  had  seen  that  we  still  have  "Martin's" 
or  "Martha's  Vineyakd  ?"  Had  he  sighted  Cape  Cod 
2 


26 


PREFACE   TO   THE   NEW    EDITION. 


and  entered  Vineyard  Sound  as  the  Norsemen  did,  in 
rounding  Mononioy  Point,  the  southeast  extremity  of 
the  cape,  he  would  have  seen  on  his  right  a  high 
sandy  hill,  on  or  near  which  is  the  light-house,  over- 
looking a  land-locked  anchorage  on  the  inside  called 
Powder  Hole ;  a  score  or  more  of  miles  farther  along, 
across  the  sound,  on  his  left,  he  would  have  seen  the 
hills  now  called  Oak  Blufi's  and  the  Highlands,  and 
under  their  lee  a  deep  bay  and  roadstead  long  known 
as  Holmes'  Hole,  unfortunately  changed  to  Vineyard 
Haven ;  crossing  over  to  the  mainland  again,  a  little 
farther  west,  he  would  have  come  to  the  bold  but 
prettily  rounded  hills  forming  the  southwestern  ex- 
tremity of  the  cape,  and  behind  them  the  sheltered 
and  picturesque  harbor  of  Wood's  Hole. 

Proceeding  thence  toward  Narragansett  Bay, 
along  the  south  coast  of  Naushon,  prominent  hills  on 
the  west  end  of  that  island  slope  down  to  a  roadstead 
for  small  craft,  and  a  ])assage  through  to  Buzzard's 
Bay,  called  Robinson's  Hole;  the  next  isla^'l  is 
Basque;  and  between  its  high  hills  and  tho>  o  of 
Xashawena  is  a  passage  called  Quick's  Hole.  Now 
these  several  localities  are  unlike  each  other  except 
that  all  have  hills  in  their  vicinity,  serving  as  distin- 
guishing landmarks.  And  why  is  not  the  word  hole 
as  applied  to  them  a  corruption  of  the  Norwegian 
word  holl,  meaning  hill  ?  The  descriptive  term  hole 
is  not  applicable  to  any  of  them,  but  the  word  holl  is 
to  the  adjacent  hills,  while  there  is  little  else  in  com- 
mon between  them.    The  localities  now  called  Quick's 


PKEFACE    TO   THE    JS'EVV     EDITION. 


27 


and  Robinson's  Hole  are  passages  between  Elizabeth 
Islands ;  Wood's  Hole  is  a  passage  and  a  harbor ; 
Holmes'  Hole,  now  known  as  Vineyard  Haven,  is  a 
deep  bay  or  anchorage;  and  Powder  Hole  was  for- 
merly a  capacious  roadstead,  now  nearly  rilled  with 
sand. 

It  may  seem  to  militate  with  the  theory  advanced, 
that  south  of  Powder  Hole  or  Monomoy  Point  is  a 
locality  called  on  the  chart  Butler's  Hole,  which  lies 
in  the  course  from  Handkerchief  Shoal  to  Pollock 
Rip,  where  there  is  now  not  only  no  hill  but  no  land. 
But  it  is  to  be  considered  that  almost  within  the 
memory  of  man  there  was  land  in  that  vicinity,  which 
has  been  washed  away  by  the  same  strong  and  eccen- 
tric current  that  has  nearly  rilled  np  Powder  Hole 
harbor  and  made  it  a  sand-flat,  and  which  still  casts 
np  on  the  shore  large  roots  and  remains  of  trees. 
AVith  this  in  mind  it  is  not  wild  to  suppose  that 
Butler's  Hole  marks  a  spot  where  once  was  an  island 
with  a  prominent  hill,  which  the  sea  kings  called  a 
boll,  and  which  has  succumbed  to  the  powerful  abra- 
sion of  the  tides  which  have  moved  Pollock  Rip  many 
yards  to  the  eastward,  and  which  every  year  make  and 
unmake  shoals  in  the  vicinity  of  Nantucket  and  Cape 
Cod. 

It  would  seer.i  a  matter  of  course  that  the  Norse- 
men, after  their  long  and  perhaps  rough  voyages, 
when  once  arrived  in  the  sheltered  waters  ai;;l  harbors 
of  Vineyard  Sound  should  have  become  familiar  with 
them,  and  should  have  lingered  there  to  recruit  and 


28 


PEEFACE   TO   THE   NEW    EDITION. 


relit,  before  proceeding  westward  ;  or  on  their  return, 
to  have  waited  there  to  gather  up  resources  before 
venturing  out  on  the  open  ocean.  Indeed,  it  is  re- 
corded in  their  sagas  that  they  brought  off  boat  loads 
of  grapes  from  those  pleasant  shores.  What  more 
probable  than  that  they  cultivated  friendly  relations 
with  the  natives,  and  in  coming  to  an  understanding 
with  them  on  subjects  in  common,  should  have  told 
them  the  Norwegian  terms  for  the  hills  and  headlands 
of  their  coast,  and  that  the  Indians,  in  the  paucity  of 
their  own  language,  should  have  adopted  the  appella- 
tive holl,  which  they  were  told  signified  hill,  so  impor- 
tant as  a  landmark  to  these  wandering  sea  kings! 
Why  may  not  the  Norsemen  have  called  them  so, 
until  the  natives  adopted  the  same  title,  and  handed  it 
down  to  the  English  explorers  under  Bartholomew 
Gosnold,  who  gave  their  own  patronymics  to  those 
several  holls,  or  holes,  as  now  called  ?  The  statement 
of  "  the  oldest  inhabitant "  of  Wood's  Hole,  on  being 
asked  where  the  word  hole  came  from,  is,  that  he 
"  always  understood  that  it  came  from  the  Indians." 

There  being  no  harbor  on  the  shores  of  Martha's 
Vineyard  island  west  of  Holmes'  Hole,  the  voyagers 
would  naturally  follow  the  north  shore  of  the  sound 
and  become  familiar  with  the  Elizabeth  Islands,  and 
be  more  likely  to  give  names  to  the  localities  on  that 
side  than  on  the  other.  Between  Wood's  Hole  and 
Holmes'  Hole  the  sound  is  narrowest,  and  they  would 
be  apt  to  frequent  either  harbor  as  the  winds  and  tide 
mitrht  make  it  safe  or  convenient  for  them. 


mmr 


PREFACE   TO    THE    NEW    EDITION. 


29 


It  seems  to  confirm  the  views  here  advanced  that 
in  no  otlier  part  of  this  continent  or  of  the  world, 
where  the  English  liave  settled,  is  to  be  commonly 
found  the  local  name  of  hole,  and  yet  here  in  a  dis- 
tance of  sixty  miles,  the  thoroughfare  of  these  bold 
navigators,  there  are  no  less  than  five  such  still  extant. 
How  can  it  be  explained  except  because  it  is  "  the 
track  of  the  Norsemen"?  It  is  not  natural  or  proba- 
ble, with  their  imperfect  means  of  navigation,  that 
they  should  have  passed  from  Greenland  to  Narragan- 
sett  Bay,  leaving  distinct  traces  in  eacli,  and  yet  to 
have  ignored  the  whole  intervening  space,  and  not  to 
have  lingered  awhile  on  the  shores  where  they  found 
grapes  by  the  boat  load,  and  which  must  have  been  as 
fair  and  pleasant  in  those  days  as  they  are  now.  It  is 
to  be  hoped  that  at  least  our  people  will  not  be  in 
haste  to  Avipe  out  the  local  names  of  Vineyard  Sound, 
when  it  is  so  likely  that  they  are  the  oldest  on  the 
continent,  and  give  to  Massachusetts  a  priority  of 
discovery  and  settlement  over  her  sister  States.  Only 
let  us  correct  the  spelling,  and  give  proper  significance 
to  them  by  calling  the  places  now  named  Hole  by  the 
appropriate  title  of  IIoll. 

Before  closing  this  preface  we  wish  to  add  a  few 
facts  about  the  plans  of  the  distinguished  violinist 
Ole  Bull  in  reference  to  a  monument  in  honor  of 
the  Norse  discoverers  of  America.  . 

At  the  close  of  a  complimentary  reception  given 
to  the  distinguished  artist  in  the  Music  Hall,  Boston, 


30 


I'KEFACK    TO    THE    ^'EW    EDITION. 


M.issfichusetts,  on  tlie  Stli  of  December,  1876,  the 
Rev.  Edward  Everett  Hale  rose  in  liis  place  on  the 
lioor  and  said*  he  supposed  it  was  known  to  every 
person  present  that  the  distinguished  artist  had  spent 
ahnost  the  wiiole  of  his  active  life  in  knotting  those 
ties  which  connected  his  country  with  ours.  It  was 
hoped  that  in  some  future  time  tliere  would  be 
erected  a  physical  inemorial  to  the  early  discoverers 
of  whom  he  had  spoken.  It  was  the  wisli  of  those 
about  him  [Mr.  Hale],  at  whose  request  lie  spoke, 
that  Boston  should  not  be  behind  in  any  expression 
of  gratitude  to  him  [Ole  Bull]  for  his  work,  as 
well  as  in  ex])ressing  interest  in  our  Norse  ancestors. 
He  was  sure  he  expressed  the  sentiment,  not  only  of 
the  audience,  but  of  all  New  England,  when  he 
spoke  of  the '  interest  with  which  he  regarded  his 
countrymen,  whom  they  regarded  as  almost  theirs. 
He  remembered,  although  it  was  nearly  forty  years 
ago,  when  much  such  an  audience  as  he  saw 
about  him  cheered  and  applauded  Edward  Everett, 
when  the  early  discoveries  had  just  been  made,  and 
when  in  one  of  the  last  of  his  public  poems  he 
expressed  the  wish  that  the  great  discoveries  of  Thor- 
vald  might  be  commemorated  by  Tiiorvald's  great 
descendant,  the  Northern  artist  Thorwaldsen.       The 

*From  report  in  Bostou  daily  ••Advortiser." 


PKEFACE   TO   THE   KEW    EDITION. 


31 


last  words  of  tliat  poem  as  tliey  died  upon  the  ear 
were : 

Thoi-vald  shall  live  for  aye  in  Thorwaldsen. 
He  [tlie  speaker]  thonglit  it  was  a  misfortune  for 
New  England   that   the   great   Northern   artist  died 
before   he   could   accomplish   this   wish.       But   New 
Englanders  had  nevei-   forgotten    it,   and    had   never 
forgotten    their    Norse   ancestors.     It    was   an  enter- 
prise which  ought    to  engage   Massachusetts   njen — 
the  preservation  of  a  physical  memorial  of  Thorvald, 
Leif  and  Thorfinn ;    and  he  suggested  that  the  com- 
mittee which    had  arranged   the  meeiiug  should   be- 
come a  committee  of  New  England,  in  conjunction 
with   Mr.   Appieton,   to  take   this   matter  in    special 
charge.     Mr.   Hale  put  a  motion  to  this  effect,  and 
it  was  carried,  and  the  committee  constituted. 

The  connnittee  of  the  Norsemen  Memorial  includes 
the  highest  civic  officers  of  Boston  and  Massachusetts, 
and  so  many  men  renowned  throughout  the  world  in 
science,  in  letters,  and  in  art,  that  we  cannot  refrain 
from  ornamenting  our  i)ages  with  their  names.  They 
are,  Thomas  G.  Appieton,  Alexander  II.  Rice,  San'i- 
uel  C.  Cobb,  Wni.  Gaston,  Otis  Norcross,  Frederic 
W.  Lincoln,  Marshall  P.  Wilder,  TI.  W.  Paine,  Henry 
A.  Whitney,  Franklin    Haven,  Geo.  C.   Kichardson, 


I 


^ 


f: 


32 


PREFACE  TO   THE   KEW    EDITION. 


Alplious  Hardy,  Jos.  B,  Glover,  John  W.  Caiullor, 
E.  H.  Sampson,  «Tanies  R.  Osgood,  Oliver  Ditson, 
Jas.  II.  Danforth,  Curtis  Guild,  W.  "VV.  Clapp,  Jei'ouie 
Jones,  George  O.  Carpenter,  Chas.  W.  Wilder,  Dexter 
Smith,  Wm.  Emerson  Baker,  James  W.  Bartlett,  Jos. 
W.  Robbins,  Ole  Bull,  John  G.  Whittier,  E.  N.  Hors- 
ford,  O.  W.  Holmes,  J.  R.  Lowell,  James  T.  Fields, 
Chas.  W.  Eliot,  G.  W.  Blagden,  Edward  E.  Hale, 
R.  C.  Waterston,  William  B.  Rogers,  John  D.  Run- 
kle,  Ezra  Farnswortli,  Charles  M.  Clapp,  Joseph  Bur- 
nett, John  P.  Spaulding,  Henry  R.  Reed,  W.  A. 
Simmons,  Wm.  TI.  Baldwin,  Percival  L.  Everett,  A. 
B.  Underwood,  Tlionias  Sherwin,  Benjamin  Kimball, 
Moses  H.  Sargent,  W.  B.  Sears,  J.  Watson  Taylor, 
Francis  L.  Hills,  secretary. 

This  committee  is, 

First,  To  take  measures  to  erect  a  monument  in 
honor  of  the  Norsemen  who  first  discovered  the  Con- 
tinent of  America,  about  a.d.  1000. 

Second,  For  the  protection  of  the  Dighton  Rock, 
now  in  Taunton   River. 

The  committee  issued,  January  12,  1877,  a  cir- 
cular, of  which  the  following,  relating  to  the  Dighton 
Rock,  is  an  extract : 

The  origin  of  the  inscriptions  cut  on  this  rock 
have  been,  for  several  centuries,  the  study  of  histo- 


PREFACE   TO   THE   NEW    EDITION. 


33 


rians.  Professor  Ratn,  and  others,  of  the  Royal 
Souiet}''  of  Northern  Anti(|iiaries,  of  Copenhagen, 
Denmark,  were  so  decided  in  their  belief  that  the 
Dighton  Rock  was  inscribed  by  the  Norsemen,  that 
_01e  Bull  requested  Neils  Arnzen  to  purchase  it  for 
that  society,  of  which  the  King  of  Deiniiark  is  the 
president.  This  committee  regard  the  Dighton  Rock, 
whatever  its  origin,  as  a  valuable  historic  relic  of 
American  antiquity,  and  have  taken  measures  to 
obtain  the  titl6  to  it,  in  order  to  protect  and  remove 
it  to  Boston.  They  invite  the  deductions  of  all 
historic  researchers  as  to  the  authenticity  of  these 
inscriptions.* 

Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  the  Boston  committee 
will  provide  for  a  monument  in  honor  of  the  Norse 
discoverers  and  for  the  preservation  of  Dighton  Rock, 
and  we  are  informed  that  a  handsome  sum  of  money 
has  already  been  raised  for  these  purposes.  At  all 
events,  it  is  now  certain  that  Ole  Bull's  long  cher- 
ished plans  will  be  realized  ;  and  the  people  of  Boston 
are  doing  themselves  and  their  great  city  great  credit 
in   reviving  and  perpetuating  the  memory  of  those 

*An  Impression  of  the  Dighton  Rock  inscriptions,  taken  in  1790,  is 
preserved  in  Harvard  University.  Drawings  made  in  1680  can  be  found  in 
the  '■'■Antiquitates  AmericancE."  This  work  records  the  inscriptions  as  Norse, 
and  describes  't  as  conforming  to  Icelandic  Sagas  account  of  "  Thorfinn's 
Expedition  to  Vinland"  (Massachusetts). 

[Copies  of  the  photograph  of  Dighton  Rock,  taken  in  1876  by  order 
of  the  special  agent  of  the  United  States  government,  may  bo  obtained  at 
the  office  of  the  secretary  of  the  committee,  No.  13  West  street,  Boston.] 


34  PREFACE  TO  THE   NEW    EDITION. 

who  first  of  all  Christians  planted  their  feet  on 
the  soil  of  Massachusetts,  and  built  the  first  cabins 
(Leif's  Booths)  in  New  England. 

In  sending  out  this  second  edition  of  our  book 
we  may  be  pardoned  for  again  pleading  the  cause 
of   the  Norsemen  and  hoping  that   the  time  may 
soon  come  when  the  names  of  Leif  Erikson,  Bjarne 
Herjulfson,  Thorvald  Erikson  (who,  by  the  way,  has 
recently  been  immortalized  in  Longfellow's  "Skele- 
ton  in   Armor"),  Thorfinn  Karlsefne,  Gudrid,  Erik 
Upsi,  Are  Marson,  Bjorn  Asbrandson  (the  champion 
of  Breidavik)  and   Gudleif   Gudlaugson   shall  have 
become  household  words  in  every  house  and  hamlet 
in  these  United  States.      Let  every  child  learn  the 
stories  about  the  Norse  discoverers  of  Vinland  the 
Good. 

University  of  Wisconsin, 

Madison,  Wis.,  April  3, 1877. 


CHAPTER  I. 


THE  NORSEMEN,  AND  OTHER  PEOPLES,   INTERESTED 
IN  THE  DISCOVERY  OF  AMERICA. 

n^PIE  object  of  the  following  pages  is  to  present 
the  reader  with  a  brief  account  of  the  discovery 
of  early  voyages  to  and  settlements  in  the  Western 
Continent  by  the  Norsemen,  and  to  prove  that  Co- 
lumbus must  have  had  knowledge  of  this  discovery 
by  the  Norsemen  before  he  started  to  find  America ; 
and  the  author  will  not  be  surprised,  if,  in  these 
pages,  he  should  happen  to  throw  out  some  thoughts 
which  will  conflict  with  the  reader's  previously, 
formed  convictions  about  matters  and  things  gen- 
erally, and  about  historical   facts  especially. 

The  interest  manifested  by  the  reader  of  history 
is  always  greater  the  nearer  the  history  which  he 
reads  is  connected  with  his  own  country  or  with 
his  own  ancestors. 

The  American  student,  on  the  one  hand,  loves 
to  dwell  upon  the  pages  of  American  history.    He 


86 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVKKED    HY    (OLLMBUS. 


admires  tlic  resolution,  tlie  fortitude  and  persever- 
ance of  the  ]*ilgrini  Fathers  as  tliey  passed  through 
their  varied  scenes  of  hardship  and  adversity  wlien 
they  made  tlieir  first  settlement  upon  our  New 
England  shores;  and  his  whole  soul  is  filled  with 
transporting  emotions  of  delight  or  sympathy  as  he 
reads  the  thrilling  incidents  of  the  suft'erings  and 
the  victories  of  his  countrymen  who  fought  for  his 
as  well  as  for  their  own  freedom  during  the  Revolu- 
tionary war. 

The  Norse  student,  on  the  other  hand,  takes 
special  pleasure  in  perusing  the  old  Sagas  and  Ed- 
das,  and  following  the  Vikings  on  their  daring  but 
victorious  expeditions  througli  European  waters  ;  and 
he  draws  inspiration  from  those  beautiful  and  poet- 
ical ancient  myths  and  stories  about  Odin,  Thor, 
Baldur,  Loke,  the  Giant  Ymer,  Ragnarok,  Yg- 
drasil,  and  that  innumerable  host  of  godlike  heroes 
that  illuminate  the  pages  of  his  people's  ancient 
history,  and  glitter  like  brilliant  diamonds  in  the 
dust  and  darkness' of  bygone  ages. 

The  subject  to  which  your  attention  is  invited, 
the  Discovert/  of  America^  is,  if  properly  presented, 
of  equal  interest  to  Americans  and  Norsemen.  For 
those  who  are  born  and  brought  up  on  the  fertile 
»oil  of  Columbia,  under  the  shady  branches  of  the 


AMKRICA    NOT    DIrtOOVEKKD    BY    (Xtf.UMBUS. 


37 


noble  tree  of  American  liberty,  where  the  banner 
of  progress  and  education  is  unfurled  to  the  breeze, 
must  naturally  feel  a  deep  interest  in  whatever 
facts  may  be  presented  in  relation  to  the  first  dis- 
covery and  early  settlement  of  this  their  native  land; 
while  those  who  first  saw  the  sunlight  beaming 
among  the  rugged,  snow-capped  mountains  of  old 
Norway,  and  can  still  feel  any  of  the  heroic  blood 
of  their  dauntless  forefathers  course  its  way  through 
their  veins,  must,  as  a  matter  of  course,  feel  an 
equally  deep  interest  in  learning  that  their  own 
ancestors,  the  intrepid  Norsemeh,  were  the  first  pale- 
faced  men  who  planted  their  feet  on  this  gem  of  the 
ocean,  and  an  interest,  too,  I  dare  say,  in  having 
the  claims  of  their  native  country  to  this  honor 
vindicated. 

The  subject  is  not  without  special  interest  to'  the 
Germans^  as  it  will  appear  in  the  course  of  this 
sketch  that  a  Gorman,*  who  accompanied  the  Norse- 
men on  their  first  expedition  to  this  Western  World, 
is  intimately  connected  with  the  first  name  of  this 
country ;  and  there  is  no  doubt  that  a  German,t 
through  his  writings  about  the  Norsemen,  was  the 
means  of  bringing  to  Columbus  valuable  information 
about  America. 

The  Welsh  also  have  an  interest  in  this  subject; 

*  Tyrker.  t  Adam  of  Bremen. 


38 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED   BY    COLUMBUS. 


for  it  is  generally  believed,  and  not  without  reason, 
that  their  ancestors,  under  the  leadership  of  Madoc, 
made  a  settlement  in  this  country  about  the  year 
1170 ;  thus,  although  they  were  170  years  later 
than  the  Norsemen  in  making  the  discovery,  they 
were  still  322  years  ahead  of  Columbus,  and  Norse- 
men, therefore,  claim  in  this  question,  Welshmen's 
sympathies  against  Columbus. 

We  might  enlist  the  interest  of  Irishmen,  too,  in 
the  presentation  of  this  subject;  for,  in  the  year 
1029,  (according  to  an  account  in  the  Eyrbyggja 
Saga,  Chapter  64,)  a  Norse  navigator,  by  name 
GuDLEiF  GuDLAUGsoN,  Undertook  a  voyage  to  Dub- 
lin, and  on  leaving  Ireland  again  lie  intended  to 
sail  to  Iceland ;  but  he  met  with  northeast  winds 
and  was  driven  far  to  the  west  and  southwest  in 
the  sea,  where  no  land  was  to  be  seen.  It  was 
already  late  in  the  summer,  and  Gudleif,  with  his 
party,  made  many  prayers  that  they  might  escape 
from  the  sea.  And  it  came  to  pass,  says  the  Saga, 
that  they  saw  land,  but  they  knew  not  what  land 
it  was.  Then  they  resolved  to  sail  to  the  land,  for 
they  were  weary  with  contending  longer  with  the 
violence  of  the  sea.  They  found  there  a  good  liar- 
bor,  and  when  they  had  been  a  short  time  on  shore, 
there  came  some  people  to  them.     They  knew  none 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


39 


of  the  people,  but  it  ''''rather  appeared  to  tliein  that 
they  spoke  Irish." 

This  portion  of  America,  supposed  to  be  situated 
south  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  including  North  and 
South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and  East  Florida,  is  in 
the  Saga  of  Thc.fenn  Karlsefne,  chapter  13,  called 
^'' Irlandrit-Mikla"  that  is.  Great  Ireland.  It  is 
claimed  that  the  name.  Great  Ireland,  arose  from 
the  fact  that  the  country  had  been  colonized,  long 
before  GudlaugsorCs  visit,  by  the  Irish,  and  that, 
they  coming  from  their  own  green  island  to  a  vast 
continent  possessing  many  of  the  fertile  qualities  of 
their  own  native  soil,  the  appellation  was  natural  and 
appropriate.  There  is  nothing  improbable  in  this 
conclusion ;  for  the  Irish,  who  visited  and  inhabited 
Iceland  toward  the  close  of  the  eighth  century,  to 
accomplish  which  they  had  to  traverse  a  stormy  ocean 
to  the  extent  of  eight  hundred  miles  —  who,  as  early 
as  725,  were  found  upon  the  Faroe  Isles  —  and  whose 
voyages  between  Ireland  and  Iceland,  in  the  tenth 
century,  were  of  ordinary  occurrence  —  a  people  so 
familiar  with  the  sea  were  certainly  capable  of  making 
a  voyage  across  the  Atlantic  ocean. 

I  cannot  here  enter  upon  any  further  discussion 
of  the  claims  of  the  Irish,  but  you  observe  that  this 
subject    of   discovering    Amiirica   cannot   be   treated 


40  AMERICA   NOT    DISCOVERED   BY   COLUMBUS. 

exhaustively  without  bringing  back  to  the  mind 
fond  recollections  of  the  Emerald  Isle,  which  was 
once  the  School  of  Western  Europe,  and  her  brave 

sons  .,.^  „,   „ 

"  Inclyta  gens  hominum,  milite,  pace,  nae, 

as  Bishop  Donatus  somewhere  has  it. 


CHAPTEE  II. 


NORSE  LITERATURE  HAS  BEEN  NEGLECTED  BY  THE 
LEARNED  MEN  OF  THE  GREAT  NATIONS. 

TpNLIGHTENED  men  all  over  the  world  are 
watching,  with  astonishment  and  admiration, 
the  New  World,  from  which  great  revolutions  have 
proceeded,  and  in  which  great  problems  in  human 
government,  human  progress  and  enterprise,  are  yet 
to  be  worked  out  and  demonstrated. 

People   are   everjw'iere   eagerly   observing   every 
event   that   takes   place   in  America,   making  it  the 
subject  of  the  most  careful  scrutiny,  and  the  results, 
wonderful  as  they  are,  everywhere  awaken  the  most 
intense  interest.     If  you  travel  in  England,  in  Ger- 
many, in  Norway,  or  in  any  of  the  North-European 
countries,  it    is   interesting   to    observe  how  familiar 
the  common  people  are  with  matters  and  things  per- 
taining to  America.      They  not  only  know  America 
better   than    they  know   tiieir   border  countries,  but 
there  also  are  found  not  a  few  who  keep  themselves 
better   posted    on    the    aftairs   of   America   than    on 
those  of  their  own  country. 
3* 


42 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED   BY    COLUMBUS. 


Until  recently,  it  has  generally  been  supposed 
that  America  was  wholly  unknown  to  European  na- 
tions previous  to  the  time  of  Columbus;  but  investi- 
gations by  learned  men  have  made  it  certain,  beyond 
the  shadow  of  a  doubt,  that  the  Europeans  did  have 
knowledge  of  this  country  long  before  the  time  of 
Columbus,  and  it  has  even  been  claimed,  on  quite 
plausible  gro'  ids,  that  some  of  the  nations  living 
here  at  the  time  of  Columbus'  discovery  of  this  con- 
tinent were  descendants  of  Europeans. 

As  yet  but  few  scholars  have  turned  their  atten- 
tion to  the  North  of  Europe  in  relation  to  this 
subject,  and  hence  the  light  which  this  extreme 
portion  of  the  globe  could  give  has  hitherto  been, 
in  a  great  measure,  neglected  by  the  learned  men 
of  the  great  nations ;  and  yet  the  antiquities  of  the 
North  furnish  a  series  of  incontestable  evidence  that 
the  coast  of  North  America  was  discovered  in  the 
latter  part  of  the  tenth  century,  immediately  after 
the  discovery  of  Greenland  by  the  Norsemen  ;  fur- 
thermore, tliat  this  same  coast  was  visited  repeatedly 
by  the  Norsemen  in  the  eleventh  century ;  further- 
more, that  it  was  visited  by  them  in  the  twelfth 
century ;  nay,  also,  that  it  was  found  again  by  them 
in  the  thirteenth  century,  and  revisited  in  the  four- 
teenth  century.     But   even   this   is   not   all.     These 


AMERICA    NOT   DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


43 


Northern  antiquities  also  show  that  Christianity  had 
been  introduced  in  America,  not  only  among  the 
Norsemen,  who  formed  a  settlement  here,  but  also 
among  the  aborigines,  or  native  population,  that  the 
Norsemen  found  here. 

The  learned  men  of  the  North  are  not  to  blame 
that  this  matter  has  not  previously  received  due 
attention,  for  Torf^us  published  an  account  thereof 
as  early  as  the  year  1705,  and  besides  him  Suhm 
and  ScHCENiNG  and  Lagerbrlng  and  Wormskjold 
and  Schrceder,  to  say  nothing  of  many  others, 
have  all  presented  the  main  facts  in  their  historical 
works.  But  other  nations  paid  no  attention  to  all 
this.  Not  until  1837,  when  the  celebrated  Pro- 
fessor Rafn,  through  the  laudable  enterprise  of  the 
Royal  Society  of  Northern  Antiquities,  published 
his  learned,  interesting  and  important  work,*  could 
scholars  outside  of  Scandinavia  be  induced  to  examine 
the  claims  of  the  Norsemen.  Professor  Rafn  suc- 
ceeded, and  he  has  perhaps  done  more  than  any 
other  one  man  to  call  the  attention  of  other  nations 
to  the  importance  of  studying  the  Old  Norse  lite- 
rature. Thus  it  is  that  scholars  of  other  nations 
recently  have  begun  to  direct  their  attention  to 
Northern  Antiquities,  Northern  Languages  and  His- 

♦  Antiqnitates  Americano;,  Hafnite,  18:i7, 


44 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


tory.  Germany  and  England,  and  I  would  like  to 
add  America,  are  now  beginning  to  realize  how 
much  valuable  material  is  to  be  found  in  these 
sources  for  elucidating  the  historj'^  and  institutions 
of  other  contemporary  nations ;  and  especially  do  the 
early  Sagas  of  the  North  throw  much  important  light 
on  the  character  of  English  and  German  institutions 
during  the  middle  ages.  The  English  and  Germans 
are  translating  the  Sagas  as  fast  as  they  can.  Pro- 
fessors KoNRAD  Maurer  and  Tii.  Moebius  are  doing 
excellent  work  at  their  respective  Universities  in 
Germany ;  Oxford  and  Cambridge  in  England  have 
each  an  Icelandic  Professor,  and  several  American 
Universities  give  instruction  in  the  Northern  lan- 
guages. 

It  is  indeed  an  encouraging  fact  that  these  great 
nations  are  gradually  becoming  conscious  of  the 
importance  of  studying  the  Northern  languages  and 
literature,  and  we  may  safely  hope  that  the  time  is 
not  far  distant  when  the  Norsemen  will  be  recog- 
nized in  their  right  social,  political  and  literary 
character,  and  at  the  same  time  as  navigators  assume 
their  true  position  in  the  pre-Columbian  discovery 
of  America. 


CHAPTER  III. 


ANTIQUITY  OF  AMERICA. 

T3EF0RE  the  plains  of  Europe  rose  above  the 
primeval  seas,  the  continent  of  America,  accord- 
ing to  Louis  Agassiz,  emerged  from  the  watery 
waste  that  encircled  the  whole  globe  and  became 
the  scene  of  animal  life.  Hence  the  so-called  New 
World  is  in  reality  the  Old,  and  Agassiz  gives 
abundant  proof  of  its  hoary  age. 

But  who  is  able  even  to  conjecture  at  what 
period  it  became  the  abode  of  man?  Down  to  the 
close  of  the  tenth  century  its  written  history  is 
vague  and  uncertain.  We  can  find  traces  of  a  rude 
civilization  that  suggest  a  very  high  antiquity.  We 
can  show  mounds,  monuments,  and  inscriptions,  that 
point  to  periods,  the  contemplation  of  which  would 
make  Chronos  himself  grow  giddy ;  yet  among  all 
these  great  and  often  impressive  memorials  there 
is  no  monument,  mound,  or  inscription,  that  solves 
satisfactorily  the  mystery  of  their  origin.  There  are 
but  few  traditions  even  to  aid  us  in  onr  researches, 


IT 


46 


AMERICA    NOT   DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


and  we  cph  only  infer  that  age  after  age  nations 
and  tribes  have  continued  to  rise  into  greatness 
and  then  decline  and  fall,  and  that  barbarism  and 
a  rude  culture  have  held  alternate  sway.* 

*  Compare  De  Costa,  page  11. 


CHAPTER  IV. 


PHENICIAN,  GREEK,  IRISH  AND  WELSH  CLAIMS. 


"TN  early  times  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  like  all  other 
things  without  known  bounds,  was  viewed  by 
man  with  mixed  feelings  of  fear  and  awe.  It  was 
usually  called  the  Sea  of  Darkness. 

The  Phenician,  and  especially  Tyeian  voyages  to 
the  Western  Continent,  in  early  times,  have  been 
warmly  advocated ;  and  it  is  more  than  probable  that 
the  original  inhabitants  of  the  American  continent 
crossed  the  Atlantic  instead  of  piercing  the  icy 
regions  of  the  north  and  coming  by  the  way  of 
Behring's  Strait.  From  the  Canaries,  which  were 
discovered  and  colonized  by  the  Phenicians,  it  is  a 
short  voyage  to  America,  and  the  bold  sailors  of 
the  Mediterranean,  after  touching  at  these  islands, 
could  easily  and  safely  be  wafted  to  the  western 
shore. 

That  the  Greek  philosopher,  Pytheas,  whose  dis- 
coveries about  the  different  length  of  the  days  in 
various  climates  appeared  so  astonishing  to  the  other 


'I 


m  fi 


48  AMERICA   NOT    DISCOVERED   BY    C0LUMKU8. 

philosophers  of  his  age,  traversed  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
about  340  years  before  Christ,  can  scarcely  be  doubted. 
He  certainly  discovered  Thule  *  (Iceland),  and  deter- 
mined its  latitude,  and  we  may  at  least  say  that  by 
this  discovery  he  opened  the  way  to  America  for 
the  Norsemen. 

Claims  have  been  made,  as  I  have  already  shown, 
both    by  the   Irish    and    by   the   Welsh,   that   they 
crossed    the    Atlantic    and    found    America    before 
Columbus,  but   it   is  not   my  purpose   to   comment 
upon    these    claims    in    this    short    sketch.      Much 
learned  discussion   has   been  devoted  to  the  subject, 
but  the  early  history  of  the  American  continent  is 
still,  to  a  great  extent,  veiled  in  mystery,   and  not 
until   near  the   close   of   the   tenth    century   of  the 
present  era  can  we  point,  with   absolute  certainty, 
to  a  genuine  transatlantic  voyage. 

*  See  Strabo'8  Geography,  Book  II,  §  6. 


CHAPTER  V. 


WHO  WERE  THE  NORSEMEN? 

rpiIE  first  voyage  to  America,  of  wliicli  we  liavo 
any  perfectly    reliable   account,   was   performed 
by  the  Norsemen. 

But  who  were  the  Norsemen?  Permit  me  to 
answer  tliis  question  briefly. 

The  Norsemen  were  the  descendants  of  a  brancli 
of  the  Teutonic  race  that,  in  early  times,  emigrated 
from  Asia  and  traveled  westward  and  northward, 
finally  settling  down  in  what  is  now  the  west  cen- 
tral part  of  the  kingdom  of  Norway.  Their  lan- 
guage was  the  Old  Norse,  which  is  still  pi-e&erved 
and  spoken  in  Iceland,  and  upon  it  are  founded  the 
modern  Norse,  Danish  and  Swedish  languages. 

The  ancient  Norsemen  were  a  bold  and  inde- 
pendent people.  They  were  a  free  people.  Their 
rulers  were  elected  by  the  people  in  convention 
assembled,  and  all  public  matters  of  importance  were 
decided  in  the  iissemblies,  or  open  parliaments  of 
the  people. 

Abroad    they    became    the    most    daring    adven- 


60 


AMLUICA    NOT    DIHCOVEHUl)    BY    COLUMBUS. 


tiirers.  They  made  theiiihulves  known  in  every 
{)art  of  tlie  civilized  world  by  tiieir  daring  as  sol- 
diers and  navigators.  They  si)read  themselves  along 
the  shores  of  Europe,  making  conquests  and  plant- 
ing colonies. 

In  their  coiujuering  expeditions  they  subdued  a 
large  portion  of  England,  wrested  Normandy,  the 
fairest  province  of  France,  from  the  J'l'ench  king, 
conquered  a  considerable  portion  of  Belgium,  and 
made  extensive  inroads  into  Spain.  Under  Robert 
(ruiscard  thev  ma<le  themselves  masters  of  Sicilv 
and  lower  Italy  in  the  eleventh  century,  and  main- 
tained their  power  there  for  a  long  time.  During 
the  Crusades  thev  led  the  van  of  the  chivalrv  of 
Europe  in  rescuing  the  IJoly  Sepulchre,  and  ruled 
over  Antioch  under  Guiscard's  son,  Bohemund.  They 
passed  between  the  pillars  of  Hercules,  they  deso- 
lated the  classic  fields  of  (irreece  and  penetrated  the 
walls  of  Constantinople. 

Straying  away  into  the  distant  east,  from  where 
they  originally  came,  we  find  them  laying  the 
foundations  of  the  Russian  Empire,  swinging  their 
two-edi»;ed  battle-axes  in  the  streets  of  Constantino- 
pie,  where  they  served  as  the  leadei's  of  the  Greek 
Emperor's  body-guai'd,  and  tiie  main  support  of  his 
tottering   throne.      They    carved    their   mystic   runes 


AMKUICA    NOT    DISCOVKRED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


51 


u})oii  the  marble  lion*  in  the  harbor  of  Athens 
in  cotnnieinoration  of  their  conqnest  of  this  city. 
The  old  Norse  Vikings  sailed  up  the  rivers  Khine, 
Sclielde,  'he  Seine  and  Loire,  conquering  Cologne 
and  Aachen,  where  they  turned  the  emperor's  palace 
into  a  stable,  filling  the  heart  of  even  the  great 
Charlemagne  with  dismay. 

The  rulers  of  England  are  descendants  of  the 
Norsemen.  Ganger  liolf,  known  in  English  history 
by  the  name  liollo,  a  son  of  Ilarald  Ilaarfagr's 
friend,  Ragnvald  Morejarl,  invaded  France  in  the 
year  912  and  took  possession  of  Normandy ;  and  in 
1066,  at  the  battle  of  Hastings,  William  the  Con- 
(jueror,  a  great-grandson  of  Ganger  Rolf,  conquered 
England  ;  and  it  is  proper  to  add,  that  from  this  con- 
quest the  pride  and  glory  of  Great  Britain  descended. 

It  is  also  a  noticeable  fact,  that  the  most  serious 
opposition  that  William  the  Conqueror  met  with 
came  from  colonists  of  his  own  race,  who  had  set- 
tled in  Northumbria.  He  wasted  their  lands  with 
fire  and  sword,  and  drove  them  beyond  the  border; 
l)ut  still  we  find  their  energy,  their  perseverance 
and  their  speech  existing  in  the  north  English  and 
lowland   Scotch   dialects. 

*  The  marble  lion  upon  which  they  carved  tlu;ir  runes  '.vao  afterward 
takfn  to  Venice  and  erectofl  at  the  entrance  of  the  arsenal,  where  it  may 
be  eeen  at  the  present  time. 


C 11  APT  Eli   VI. 


ICELAND. 


T3UT  Eiu'opt!  did  not  set  bounds  to  tlie  voyages 
-^-^  and  enterprises  of  tlie  Norsemen.  In  the  year 
800  they  discovered  Icehnid,  and  soon  afterward  (874) 
establislied  upon  this  island  a  repul)lic,  which  flour- 
ished four  hundred  years.  The  Icehindic  republic 
furnishes  the  very  best  evidence  of  the  independent 
spirit  which  characterized  the  Norsemen. 

Political  circumstances  in  Norway  urged  many 
of  the  boldest  and  most  independent  people  in  the 
country  to  seek  an  asylum  of  freedom.  Hakald 
[Iaarfagm  {i'  <i'  the  Fair-haired)  had  determined  to 
make  himself  monarch  of  all  Norway.  lie  was 
instigated  to  unite  Norway  under  his  scepter  by 
the  ambition  of  the  fair  and  proud  Pagna  Adils- 
DATTEK  (daughter),  whom  he  loved  and  courted ; 
but  she  declared  that  the  man  she  married  would 
have  to  be  king  of  all  Norway.  Harald  accepted 
the  conditions;  and  after  twelve  years'  hard  fight- 
ing, during  which   time  he  neither  cut  nor  combed 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


53 


his  hair  once,*  in  the  year  872,  at  the  battle  of 
Hafersfjord,  Norway  became  united  into  one  king- 
dom, instead  of  being  divided  into  thirty-one  small 
republics,  as  liad  been  the  case  before  that  time. 

Harald  had  subdued  or  slain  the  numerous  leaders, 
and  had  passed  a  law  abolishing  all  freehold  tenure 
of  property,f  usurping  it  for  the  crown.  To  this 
the  proud  freemen  of  Norway  would  not  submit. 
Disdaining  to  yield  their  ancient  independence  and 
be  degraded,  they  resolved  to  leave  those  lands  and 
homes,  which  they  could  now  scarcely  call  their  own, 
and  set  out  with  their  families  and  followers  in  quest 
of  new  seats.  There  were  as  great  emigrations  from 
Norway  in  those  days  as  there  are  now\  The  Norse 
spirit  of  enterprise  is  as  old  as  their  history. 

Whither  then  should  they  go,  was  the  question. 

Some  went  to  the  Hebrides,  others  to  the  Orkney 
Isles;  some  to  the  Shetland  and  Faroe  Isles;  many 
went  as  Vikings  to  England,  Scotland  and  France; 
but  by  far  the  greater  number  went  to  the  more 
distant  and  therefore  more  secure  Iceland,  which 
had  been  discovered  by  the  celebrated  Norse  Viking 

*  He  made  a  pledge  to  Rngiia  that  he  would  neither  cu'c  nor  comb  his 
hair  until  he  had  subjugated  all  Norway. 

+  This  so-called  udal,  [Icel.  6dal,  Norse  odel,  allodium,]  i.  e.  independent 
tenure  of  property,  was  given  i)ack  to  the  Norsemen  by  King  Hakon  tlu' 
Good  in  the  year  935,  and  has  niver  Kinie  been  taken  away  from  them. 


54 


AMERICA    NOT    DISC'OVERKl)    UY    COLUMI3L». 


Naddodd  in  860,  and  called  by  him  Snowland ;  re- 
discovered  by  Gardai-,  of  Swedish  extraction,  in  864, 
after  whom  it  was  called  Gardar's  Holm  (island), 
and  visited  by  two  Norsemen,  Ingolf  and  Leif 
(Iljorleifr)  in  870,  by  whom  it  was  called  Iceland. 
This  emigration  from  Norway  to  Iceland  began  in 
the  year  874,  now  more  than  a  thousand  years  ago ; 
and  thus  this  strange  island  was  peopled  —  and  in  a 
few  3'ears  peopled  to  a  surprising  extent.  It  was  not 
long  before  it  had  upward  of  50,000  inhabitants. 
You  must  bear  in  mind  that  this  colonization  was 
on  an  island  in  the  cold  North  Sea,  a  little  below 
the  Arctic  Circle.  It  was  in  a  climate  where  grain 
refused  to  ripen,  and  where  the  people  often  were 
obliged  to  shake  the  snow  off  the  frozen  hay  before 
they  could  carry  it.  Fishing,  the  main  support  of 
the  people,  was  often  obstructed  by  ice  from  the 
polar  regions  tilling  their  harbors,  and  the  whole 
island  prc&i3nted  a  most  melancholy  aspect  of  desola- 
tion. But  still  the  people  continued  to  flock  thither 
and  become  attached  to  the  soil.  They  were  sur- 
rounded the  whole  year  by  dreary  ice-mountains,  the 
glare  of  volcanic  flames,  and  the  roaring  of  geysers 
or  boiling  springs.  Still  they  loved  this  wild  coun- 
try, because  they  were  free^  and  through  the  long 
winters,  when  the  sun  nearly  or  entirely  disappeared 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


55 


tVoui  above  tlie  liorizoii,  and  iiotliinij  bnt  northern 
lights  tlickered  over  their  heads,  they  seemed  only 
the  more  thrown  iijion  their  intellectual  resources, 
and  passed  the  time  in  reciting  the  Eddas  and  Sagas 
of  their  ancestors. 

Perhaps  I  ought  to  beg  your  pardon  for  dwelling 
so  long  upon  the  subject  of  Iceland ;  but  my  apol- 
ogy is  that,  in  the  first  place,  Iceland  is  of  itself  an 
exceedingly  interesting  country ;  and,  in  the  next 
place,  it  is  really  the  hinge  upon  lolucli  tlie  door 
swings  which  opened  America  to  Europe.  This 
island  had  l)een  visited  by  Pytheas  340  years  before 
Christ ;  and,  according  to  the  Irish  monk  Dicuilus, 
who  wrote  a  geography  in  the  year  825,  it  had  been 
visited  by  some  Irish  priests  in  the  summer  of  795.'^ 
It  was  the  settlement  of  Iceland  bv  the  Norsemen, 
and  the  constant  voyages  between  this  island  and 
Norway,  that  led  to  the  discovery,  first  of  Greenland 
and  then  of  America ;  and  it  is  due  to  the  high 
intellectual  standing  and  fine  historical  taste  of  the 
Icelanders  that  records  of  these  voyages  were  kept, 
first  to  instruct  (\)lunibus  how  to  find  America,  and 
afterward  to  solve  for  us  the  mvsteries  concernino; 
the  discovery  of  this  continent. 

Iceland  is  a  small  island,  in   the  ()5th  dcg.  north 

*Vid.  UicuiluH.  I)t'  Mi-nsura  Orbis  Toriu',  od.  I.utronnc.  p.  38. 


r. 


50 


AMKKICA    NOT    DISCOVEKEI)    IJY    COLl  MliUS. 


Irttitnde,  of  about  1,800  geographical  square  miles. 
Its  valleys  are  almost  without  verdure,  and  its 
mountains  without  trees.  Still,  it  con.tains,  even  at 
the  present  time,  no  less  than  70,000  inhabitants, 
who  live  a  peaceable  and  contented  life,  still  cling- 
ingto  their  ancient  language,  and  studying  foreign 
languages,  science,  philosophy,  and  history,  as  we  do 
.  who  live  in  milder  and  more  favored  climes.  Now, 
as  in  olden  times,  the  earth  trembles  in  the  throes 
of  the  earthquake, —  the  geysers  still  spout  their 
scalding  water,  and  the  plain  belches  forth  mud, — 
while  the  grand  old  jokul,*  Mount  Ilekla,  clad  in 
white  robes  of  eternal  snow,  brandishes  aloft  its 
volcanic  torch,  as  if  threatening  to  set  the  very 
heavens  on  lire. 

For  ages  Iceland  was  destined  to  become  the  sane- 
tuary  and  preserver  of  th.e  grand  old  literature  of  the 
North.  Paganism  prevailed  there  more  than  a  cen- 
tury after  the  island  became  inhabited ;  the  old  tra- 
ditions were  cherished  and  committed  to  memory, 
and  shortly  after  the  introduction  of  Christianity 
the  Old  Norse  literature  was  put  in  writing. 

The  ancient  literature  and  traditions  of  Iceland 
excel  anything  of  their  kind  in  Europe  during  the 
middle  ages.     The  Icelandic  poems  have  no  parallel 

*MoHiitaiii8  covered  willi  perpotual  snow  arc  called  "j6kul8"  in  Ici-land. 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS.  ^7 

in  all  the  treasures  of  ancient  literature.  There  are 
gigantic  proportions  about  them,  and  great  and  over- 
whelming tragedies  in  them,  which  rival  those  ot 
Greece.  The  early  literature  of  Iceland  is  now  fast 
becoming  recognized  as  equal  to  that  of  ancient 
Greece  and  Rome. 

The  original  Teutonic  life  lived  longer  and  more 
independently  in  Norway,  and  especially  in  Iceland, 
than  elsewhere,  and  had  more  favorable  opportuni- 
ties to  grow  and  mature  ;  and  the  Icelandic  literature 
is  the  full-blown  flower  of  Teutonic  heathendom. 
This  Teutonic  heathendom,  with  its  beautiful  and 
poetical  mythology,  was  rooted  out  by  superstitious 
priests  in  Germany,  and  the  other  countries  inhab- 
ited by  Teutonic  peoples,  before  it  had  developed 
sufficiently  to  produce  blossoms,  excepting  in  Eng- 
land, where  a  kindred  branch  of  the  Gothic  race 
rose  to  eminence  in  letters,  and  produced  the  Anglo- 
Saxon  literature. 


ClIAPTEK  YII. 


GREENLAND. 

BUT,  us  thne  passed  on,  the  people  of  Icelaiul 
felt  a  new  impulse  for  colonizing  new  and 
strange  lands,  and  the  tide  of  emigration  began  to 
tend  with  irresistible  force  toward  Greenland,  in 
the  west,  which  country  also  became  settled  in  spite 
of  its  wretched  climate. 

The  discovery  of  Greenland   was   a   natural  con- 
sequence of  the  settlement  of   Iceland,   just  as  the 
discovery  of  America  afterward   was  a  natural   con- 
sequence of  the  settlement  of  Greenland.     Between 
the  western  part  of  Iceland  and  the  eastern  part  of 
Greenland    there    is    a    distance    of   only   forty-tive 
geograpliical  miles.     Hence,  some  of   the  ships  that 
sailed   to   Iceland,  at  the  time  of  the  settlement  of 
this  island  and  later,  could  in  case  of  a  violent  east 
wind,  which  is  no  rare  occurrence  in  those  regions, 
scarcely   avoid   approaching   the   coast   of  Greenland 
sufficiently  to  catch  a  glimpse  of  its   jokuls,— nay, 
even  to  laud  on  its  islands  and  promontories.     Thus 


AMERICA    NOT   DISCOVERED   BY   COLUMBUa. 


59 


it  is  said  tluit  (Tnniibjorii,  IJlf  Krage's  son,  saw  land 
lying  in  the  ocean  at  the  west  of  Iceland,  when,  in 
the  year  876,  lie  was  driven  out  to  the  sea  by  a 
storm.  Similar  reports  were  heard,  from  time  to 
time,  by  other  mariners.  About  a  century  later  a 
certain  man,  by  name  Erik  the  Red,  had  fled  from 
the  Jader,  in  Norway,  on  account  of  manslaughter, 
and  had  settled  in  the  western  part  of  Iceland. 
Here  he  also  was  outlawed  for  manslaughter,  by 
the  public  assembly,  and  condemned  to  banishment. 
He  therefore  fitted  out  his  ship,  and  resolved  to 
go  in  search  of  the  land  in  the  west  that  Gunnbjorn 
and  others  had  seen.  He  set  sail  in  the  year  984, 
and  found  the  land  as  he  liad  expected,  and  re- 
mained there  ex]>loring  the  country  for  two  years. 
At  the  end  of  this  period  he  returned  to  Iceland, 
giving  the  newly-discovered  country  the  name  of 
Greenland,  in  order,  as  he  said,  to  attract  settlers, 
who  would  be  favorably  impressed  with  so  pleasing 
a  name. 

The  result  was  that  many  Icelanders  aiid  Norse- 
men emigrated  to  Greenland,  and  a  flourishing 
colony  was  established,  with  Gardar  for  its  capital 
city,  which  in  the  year  1261,  became  subject  to  the 
crown  of  Norway.  The  Greenland  colony  main- 
tained its  connection  with   the  mother  countries  for 


00 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVEKEI)    BY    COLUMBUS. 


a  period  of  no  less  than  400  years;  yet  it  finally 
disappeared,  and  was  almost  forgotten.  Torfteus 
gives  a    list    of   seventeen    bishops    who    ruled    in 


Greenland. 


I 


CHAPTER    VTII. 


THE   SHIPS  OF  THE   NORSEMEN. 

"OEFORE  following  the  Norsemen  farther  on 
-"-^  their  westward  course,  it  may  not  be  out  of 
place  to  say  a  few  words  about  their  ships.  Having 
crossed  the  briny  deep  four  times  myself,  I  have 
seen  something  of  what  is  required  in  order  to  ven- 
ture with  safety  on  so  long  waiery  journeys.  I  have 
also  seen  one  of  the  old  Norse  Viking  ships,  which 
is  preserved  at  the  University  of  Norway,  and  it 
seemed  to  me  an  excellent  one  both  in  respect  to 
form  and  size.  Now,  I  do  not  mean  to  say  that  the 
old  Norsemen  possessed  such  ocean  crafts  as  now 
plow  the  deep  between  New  York  and  Liverpool; 
but  what  I  mean  to  say  is  this,  that  the  Norsemen 
were  then,  as  they  are  now,  very  excellent  navigators. 
They  had  good  sea-going  vessels,  some  of  which  wei-e 
of  large  size.  We  have  an  account,  in  Olaf  Trygve- 
son's  Saga,  of  one  that  was  in  many  respects  remark- 
able. That  part  of  the  keel  which  rested  on  the 
ground  was  140   feet  long.      None  but  the  choicest 


02 


AMEIIU.'A    NOT    DltiCOVEUEl)    liY    COMMBL'8. 


iiiatci'ial  was  used  in  its  coiiBtruction.  It  contained 
tliirtj-four  ?'owing-benciies,  and  its  stem  and  stern 
were  overhud  with  gold.-'  Tiieir  vessels  would  com- 
pare favorably  with  those  of  other  nations,  which  have 
been  used  in  later  times  in  expeditions  around  the 
woj'ld,  and  were  in  every  way  adapted  for  an  ocean 
voyage.  They  certainly  were  as  well  iitted  to  cross 
the  Athmtic  as  were  the  ships  of  Coluinl)U8.  From 
the  Sagas  we  also  learn  that  the  Norsemen  fully 
understood  the  importance  of  cultivating  the  study 
of  navigation  ;  they  knew  how  to  calculate  the  course 
of  the  sun  and  moon,  and  how  to  measure  time  by 
the  stars.  Without  a  high  degree  of  nautical  knowl- 
edge they  could  never  have  accomplished  their  voy- 
ages to  England,  France,  Spain,  Sicily,  Greece,  and 
those  still  more  difficult  voyages  to  Iceland  and 
Greenland. 

I  have  now  given  a  brief  historical  sketch  of  the 
voyages  and  enterprises  of  the  Norsemen.  I  have 
done    this   to    show    that   they  were   capable   of  the 

♦This  ship  of  Olaf  Trygvesou  was  called  the  Long  Serpei;t,  and  was 
built  by  the  t-hip-carpeuter  Thorberg,  who  is  celebrated  in  the  annals  of 
the  North  for  his  ship-building.  The  Earl  Hakon  had  a  dragon  containing 
forty  rowing-benches.  King  Canute  had  one  containing  sixty,  and  King 
Olaf,  the  saint,  posse.-<se(l  two  shipg  capable  of  carrying  two  hundred  men 
each.  The  Norse  dragons  glided  on  the  waters  as  gracefully  as  ducks  or 
swans,  of  which  they  also  had  tlie  form.  Compare  also  "Saga  Fridthjofs 
ens  Friekna."  (the  Saga  of  l-'ridtlijof  the  Bold,  in  ••  Viking  Tales  of  the 
North,")  chapter  1.  where  his  good  t-liip  Ellida  is  described. 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVKRi;!)    ijy    ( ohmHUS. 


08 


i 


exp.oit  of  iliscoveriiig  America  — nay,  tliat  it  was  in 
tact  an  nnavoidable  result  of  tiieir  constant  seafaring 
life;   so   that   even    if  we  did  not  have  the  nnniis"- 
takable   language   of  the   Sagas,   we   niigiit   still    he 
able   to   assert,    with    a    considei-able    degree    of   cer- 
tainty, that  the  Norsemen  must  have  been  awai-e  of 
the  existence  of  the  American  continent.      Yes,  the 
Norsemen  were  truly  a  great  people !      Their   spirit 
found  its  M-ay    into  the  Magna  Charta*  of  England 
and  into  the  Declaration  of  Inei)endence  in  America. 
The  spirit  of  the  Vikings  still  survives  in  the  bosoms 
of  Englishmen,  Americans  and  Norsemen,  extending 
their   commerce,   taking   bold    positions   against   tyi" 
anny,    and    i)roducing    wonderful    internal    iniprovc- 
ments  in  these  countries. 

*  Compare  William  ami  Mary  Uowitt. 


Ni 


CHAPTER   IX. 


THE  SAGAS  AND  DOCUMENTS  ARE  GENUINE. 

■TTT"E  luivo  now  seen  that  the  Norsemen  nuulc 
'  '  themselves  known  in  every  part  of  the 
civilized  world;  that  they  had  excellent  ships,  that 
they  were  well  trained  seaman,  and  a  highly  civ- 
ilized nation,  possessing  in  fact  all  the  means 
necessary  for  r>jaching  tlie  continent  in  the  west; 
and  we  are  thus  prepared  for  the  vital  question, 
Did  the  Norsemen  actually  discover  and  explore 
the  coast  of  the  country  now  known  as  America? 
There  is  certainly  no  improbability  in  the  idea. 
Open  an  atlas  at  the  map  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean, 
or  at  the  maps  of  the  two  hemispheres.  Observe 
the  distance  between  Norv^ay  and  Iceland,  and  the 
distances  between  Iceland  and  Greenland  and  Green- 
land and  Newfoundland.  You  perceive  it  is  more 
than  twice  the  distance  between  Norway  and  Ice- 
land that  it  is  between  Iceland  and  Greenland,  and 
not  far  from  twice  the  distance  that  it  is  between 
Greenland   and    Labrador,    and    thence   on    to   New- 


AMEBICA    NOT    DI8{X)VEKED   BY    COLUMBUS. 


65 


foundland.  Now,  after  conceding  the  fact  that 
Norse  colonies  existed  in  Greenland  for  at  least 
three  hundred  years,  which  every  student  of  Norse 
history  knows  to  be  a  fact,  we  must  prepare  our- 
selves for  the  proposition  that  America  was  dis- 
covered by  the  Norsemen.  It  would  be  alto- 
gether unreasonable  to  suppose  that  a  seafaring 
people  like  the  Norsemen,  who  traversed  the 
broad  western  ocean  to  reach  Iceland  and  Green- 
land, could  live  for  three  centuries  within  a  short 
voyage  of  this  vast  continent  and  never  become 
aware  of  its  existence. 

But  fortunately  on  this  point  we  are  not  left  to 
conjecture.     We  have  a  complete  written  record  of 
the   discovery.      Intelligent   men   must  first   succeed 
.  in  blotting  out   innumerable   pages  of  well   authen- 
ticated   history    before    they   imdertake   to   deny   or 
dispute  the  facts  of  this  discovery.     While  literary 
darkness    overspread    the    whole    of    the    European 
continent   for   many   centuries   following   the    tenth, 
letters  were  highly  cultivated  in  Iceland ;    and  this 
is  the  very  time   and   country  in  which    the   Sagas 
containing   a   record    of    the    discovery    of    America 
originated.      That    they    were    written    long    before 
Columbus    is    as    easy    to   demonstrate   as    the   fact 
that  Ilerodotos  wrote  his  history  before  the  era  of 


I 


66 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


Christ.  The  authenticity  and  authority  of  the  Ice- 
landic Sagas  has  been  fully  aclinowledged  by  Alex- 
ander VON  Humboldt  in  his  Cosmos,*  by  Malte- 
BRUNjf  and  many  other  distinguished  scholars ;  and 
therefore  a  further  discussion  is  at  this  time  un- 
necessary on  this  point. 

The  manuscripts,  in  which  we  have  the  Sagas 
relating  to  America,  are  found  in  the  celebrated 
Codex  Flato^ensis,  a  skin-book  that  was  ilnished  in 
the  year  1387.  This  work,  written  with  great  care 
and  executed  in  the  highest  style  of  art,  is  now 
preserved  in  its  integrity  in  the  archives  of  Copen- 

♦  Cosmos,  Vol.  ii.,  pp.  269-272,  where  Alexander  Vou  Humboldt, 
discussing  tlie  pre-Columbian  discovery  of  America  by  the  Norsemen, 
says:  "We  are  here  on  historical  ground.  By  the  critical  and  highly 
praiseworthy  efforts  of  Professor  Rafn  and  the  Royal  Society  of  Northern 
Antiquaries  in  Copenhagen,  the  Sagas  and  documents  in  regard  to  the 
expeditions  of  the  Norsemen  to  Helluland  (Newfoundland),  to  Markland 
(the  mouth  of  the  St.  Lawrence  river  and  Nova  Scotia),  and  to  Viuland 
(Massachusetts),  have  been  published  and  satisfactorily  commented  upon. 
*  *  *  The  discovery  of  the  northern  part  of  America  by  the  Norsemen 
cannot  he  disputed.  The  length  of  the  voyage,  the  direction  in  which 
they  sailed,  the  time  of  the  sun's  rising  and  setting,  are  accurately  given. 
While  the  Chalifat  of  Bagdad  was  still  flourishing  under  the  Abbasides, 
and  while  the  rule  of  the  Samanides,  so  favorable  to  poetry,  still  flour- 
ished in  Persia,  America  was  discovered,  about  the  year  1000,  by  Leif,  son 
of  Erik  the  Red,  at  about  41 '/a"  N.  L." 

t  Vid.  Nouvelles  annales  des  voyages,  de  la  geographic,  de  I'histoire 
et  de  I'archuologie,  redigees  par  M.  V.-A.  Malte-Bkun,  secretaire  de  la 
commission  centrale  do  la  socii'to  de  g(^ographie  de  Paris,  member  de 
plusieurs  societes  savautes.    Aout,  1856,  p.  253. 


AMERICA   NOT   TISCOVERED   BY   COLUMBUS.  67 

hagen,  and  a  carefully  printed  copy*  of  it  is  to  be 
found  in  Mimer's  library  at  the  University  of  Wis- 
consin. We  gather  from  this  work  that  the  IsTorse- 
men,  after  discovering  and  settling  Greenland,  and 
then  keeping  a  bold  southwestern  course,  discovered 
America  more  than  500  years  before  Columbus;  and 
I  shall  in  the  following  chapters  present  some  of 
the  main  circumstances  of  this  discovery. 

*  :  liATEYARBOK,  ChrisUauia  (Norway),  1860-1868. 


CHAPTER  X. 


BJARNE  HERJULFSON,  986. 

TN  the  year  986,  the  same  year  tliat  he  returned 
"^  from  Greenland,  the  above-named  Ekik  the 
Ked  moved  from  Iceland  to  Greenland,  and  among 
his  numerous  friends,  who  accompanied  him,  was 
an  Icelander  by  name  Herjulf. 

Herjulf  had  a  son  by  name  Bjakne,  who  was  a 
man  of  enterprise  and  fond  of  going  abroad,  and 
who  possessed  a  merchant-ship,  with  which  he  gath- 
ered wealth  and  reputation.  He  used  to  be  by 
turns  a  year  abroad  and  a  year  at  home  with  his 
father.  He  chanced  to  be  awaj^  in  Norway  when 
his  father  moved  over  to  Greenland,  and  on  return- 
ing to  Iceland  he  was  so  much  disappointed  on 
hearing  of  his  father's  departure  with  Erik,  that 
he  would  not  unload  his  ship,  but  resolved  to 
follow  his  old  custom  and  take  up  his  abode  with 
his  father.  "  Who  will  go  with  me  to  Greenland  ? " 
said  he  to  his  men.  "We  will  all  go  with  you," 
replied  the  men.     ^'But  we  have  none  of  us  ever 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


69 


» 


been  on  the  Greenland  Sea  before,"  said  Bjarne. 
"We  mind  not  that,"  said  the  men, —  so  away  they 
sailed  for  three  days  and  lost  sight  of  Iceland. 
Then  the  wind  failed.  After  that  a  north  wind 
and  fog  set  in,  and  they  knew  not  where  they  were 
sailing  to.  This  lasted  many  days,  until  the  sun 
at  length  appeared  again,  so  that  they  could  deter- 
mine the  quarters  of  the  sky,  and  lo !  in  the  horizon 
they  saw,  like  a  blue  cloud,  the  outlines  of  an  un- 
known land.  They  approached  it.  They  saw  that 
it  was  without  mountains,  was  covered  with  wood, 
and  that  there  were  small  hills  inland.  Bjarne 
saw  that  this  did  not  answer  to  the  description  of 
Greenland ;  he  knew  he  was  too  far  south ;  so  he 
left  the  land  on  the  larboard  side  and  sailed  north- 
ward two  days,  when  they  got  sight  of  land  again. 
The  men  asked  Bjarne  if  this  was  Greenland;  but 
he  said  it  was  not,  "For  in  Greenland,"  he  said, 
"there  are  great  snowy  mountains;  but  this  land 
is  flat  and  covered  with  trees."  They  did  not  go 
ashore,  but  turning  the  b  w  from  the  land,  they 
kept  the  sea  with  a  fine  breeze  from  the  southwest 
for  three  days,  when  a  third  land  was  seen.  Still 
Bjarne  would  not  go  ashore,  for  it  was  not  like 
what  had  been  reported  of  Greenland.  So  they 
sailed  on,  driven   by  a  violent  southwest  wind,  and 


70 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


after  four  days  they  readied  a  land  wliich  suited  tlie 
description  of  Greenland.  Bjarne  was  not  deceived, 
for  it  was  Greenland,  and  he  happened  to  land 
close  to  the  place  where  his  father  had  settled. 

It  cannot  be  determined  with  certainty  what 
parts  of  the  American  coast  Bjarne  saw ;  but  from 
the  circumstances  of  the  voyage,  the  course  of  the 
winds,  the  direction  of  the  currents,  and  the  pre- 
sumed distfvuce  between  each  sight  of  land,  there  is 
reason  to  believe  that  the  first  land  that  Bjarne  saw 
in  the  year  986  was  the  present  Nantucket,  one 
degree  south  of  Boston ;  the  second  Nova  Scotia, 
and  the  third  Newfoundland  Thus  Bjarne  IIer- 
JULFSON  was  the  first  European  whose  eyes  beheld 
any  part  of  the  present  New  England.  The  first 
European  who  saw  the  American  continent,  and 
whose  name  is  recorded,  was  Are  Marson  (see  p.  18). 
He  went  to  Great  Ireland  (the  Chesapeake  country), 
which  had  undoubtedly  been  discovered  by  the  Irish 
even  long  before  Are  visited  there  in  the  year  983. 


CHAPTER  XI. 


LEIF  ERIKSON,  1000. 

TT^HEN    Bjarne    visited    Norway,   a    few  years 
later,    and    told    of   his   adventure,    he    was 
censured   in    strong   terms   by  Jarl   (Earl)   Erik  and 
others,  because  he  had  manifested  so   little   interest 
that   he   had    not   even    gone    ashore   and    explored 
these   lands,    and    because   he   could    give   no    more 
definite   account   of  them.      Still,   what  he  did   say 
was   sufficient  to  arouse  in  the  mind   of  Leif  Erik- 
son,  son  of  Erik  the  Red,  a  determination  to  solve 
the  problem  and  iind  out  what  kind  of  lands  these 
M-ere  that  were  talked  so  much  about.      He   bought 
Bjarne's  ship  from  him,  set  sail  with   a   good    crew 
of   thirty-five    men,    and    found    the    lands   just    as 
Bjarne  had  described  them,  far  away   to  the  south- 
west  of   Greenland.      They   landed    in   Helluland 
(Newfoundland)  and  in  Markland  (Nova  Scotia), 
explored  these  countries  somewhat,  gave  them  names, 
and   proceeded    from    the   latter   into    the   open   sea 
with   a   northeast  wind,  and  were   two  days   at  sea 


72 


MERlCA    NOT    DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


before  they  saw  land  again.  They  sailed  into  a 
sound.  It  was  very  shallow  at  ebb-tide,  so  that 
their  ship  stood  dry  and  there  was  a  long  way  from 
their  ship  to  the  water.  But  so  much  did  they 
desire  to  land  that  they  did  not  give  themselves 
time  to  wait  until  the  water  rose  again  under  their 
ship,  but  ran  at  once  on  shore,  at  a  place  where  a 
river  flows  out  of  a  lake.*  But  as  soon  as  the 
water  rose  up  under  the  ship,  they  rowed  out  in 
their  boats,  floated  the  ship  up  the  river  and  thence 
into  the  lake,  where  they  cast  anchor,  brought  their 
skin  cots  out  of  the  ship,  and  raised  their  tents. 
After  this  they  took  counsel,  and  resolved  to  remain 
through  the  winter,  and  built  a  large  house.  Ther? 
was  no  want  of  salmon,  either  in  the  river  or  in  the 
lake,  and  larger  salmon  than  they  had  before  seen. 
The  nature  of  the  country  was,  as  they  thought,  so 
good  that  cattle  would  not  require  house-feeding  in 
winter.  Day  and  night  were  more  equal  than  in 
Greenland  or  Iceland,  for  on  the  shortest  dav  the  sun 
was  above  the  horizon  from  half-past  seven  in  the 
forenoon  till  half-past  four  in  the  afernoon ;  which 
circumstance  gives  for  the  latitude  of  the  place  41° 
24'  10" ;   hence   Leif  ^s   booths   arc    thought  to  have 

*  This  lake  is  Mount  Hope  Bay.    The  tourist,  in  traveling  that  way  by 
rail,  will  at  first  take  Mount  Hope  Bay  for  a  lake.    B.  F.  DeCosta,  p.  38. 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVEliED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


73 


been  situated  at  or  near  Fall  River,  Massachusetts. 
Leif  Erikson  called  the  country  Vinland,  and  the 
cause  of  this  was  the  following  interesting  incident: 
There  was  a  German  in  Leif  Erikson's  party  by 
name  Tyrkek.  He  was  a  prisoner  of  war,  but  had 
become  Leif 's  special  favorite.  He  was  missing  one 
day  after  they  came  back  from  an  exploring  expedi- 
tion. Leif  Erikson  became  very  anxious  about 
Tyrker,  and  tearing  that  he  might  be  killed  by  wild 
beasts  or  by  natives,*  he  went  out  with  a  few  men 
to  search  for  him.  Toward  evening  he  was  found 
coming  home,  but  in  a  very  excited  state  of  mind. 
The  cause  of  his  excitement  was  some  fruit  which 
he  had  found  and  whicl'  he  held  up  in  his  hands, 
shouting :  '■'  Weintrauben !  Weintrauben  ! !  Weintrau- 
ben  ! ! !  "  The  sight  and  taste  of  this  fruit,  to  which 
he  had  bee  ecustomed  in  his  own  nati/e  land, 
had  excited  hmi  to  such  an  extent  that  he  seemed 
drunk,  and  for  some  time  he  would  do  nothing 
but  laugh,  devour  grapes  and  talk  German,  which 
language  our  Norse  discoverers  did  not  understand. 
At  last  he  spoke  Norse,  and    explained    that    he,  to 

*Oiir  Norso  colonists  in  Vinliind  had  frequent  intercourse  with  the 
natives,  whom  tliey  called  "Skra'llin^er.'"  Tin's  name  is  derived  from  the 
adjective  "  skrall,"' which  means  lean;  hence  skrallinsj  is  an  alhision  to  their 
lean  and  shriveled  aspect.  Comi)aro  also  the  verb  "skraela,"  which  means  to 
peel,  as  "  sknel  et  ^Eble,"  to  peel  an  apple. 


74 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVEliJil)    BY    COLUMBUS. 


his  great  joy  and  surprise,  had  found  vines  and 
grapes  in  great  abundance.  From  this  circumstance 
the  land  got  the  name  of  Vinland,  and  history  got 
the  interesting  fact  that  a  German  was  along  with 
the  daring  argonauts  of  the  Christian  era. 

Here  is  then  a  short  account  of  the  iirst  expedi- 
tion to  New  England.  It  took  place  in  the  year 
1000,  and  Leif  Erikson  was  the  iirst  pale-faced  man 
of  whom  it  is  recorded  that  he  undertook  a  voyage 
across  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  with  the  definitely  avowed 
purpose  of  seeking  for  land.  His  was  no  discovery 
by  accident.  The  nature  of  Leif  Erikson's  expedi- 
tion, the  end  sought,  etc.,  was  as  clearly  defined  in 
his  own  mind,  and  as  well  understood  by  his  coun- 
trymen, as  in  the  case  of  the  ex2)edition  undertaken 
by  Columbus  in  1492.  But  Leif  did  not  set  heaven 
and  earth  in  commotion  in  reference  to  the  matter 
of  going  across  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  He  simply 
bought  Bjarne's  ship,  engaged  thirty-five  fearless 
seamen  like  himself,  said  good-bye  to  his  aged 
father,  and  set  sail ! 


CHAPTER  XII. 


WP5! 


THORVALI)  ERIKSON,   1002. 

TN  the   spring,   wlien   the   winds   were   favorable, 
Leif  Erilvson   returned    to  Greenhind.     The  ex- 
pedition to  Vinland  was  mncli  talked  of,  and  TnoR- 
WALD,   Leif's    brother,    thought    that   the  land    had 
been  much  too   little   explored.     Then    said    Leif  to 
Thorvald:    -'Yon    may  go  with  my  ship,  brother,  to 
Vinland,  if  you  like."     And    so   another   expedition 
was  fitted  out,  in  the  year  1002,  by  Thorwald  Erik- 
son,  who  went  to  Vinland  and  remained  there  three 
years;    but  it  cost  him  his  life,  for  in  a  battle  with 
the  Skrji'llings  an  arrow  from  one  of  the  natives  of 
America  pierced    his   side,   causing    death.     He   was 
buried  in  Vinland,  and  two  crosses  were  erected  on 
his  grave,— one   at   his   head    and    one   at   his   feet. 
Hallowed  ground,  this,  beneath  whose  sod  rests  the 
dust  of  the   first    Christian   and   the   first   European 
who  died   in  America!     Ilis   death    and    burial    also 
gains   interest   in   another  respect,   for    in    the  year 
1831    there  was  found  in  the  vicinity  of  Fall  Eiver, 
Massachusetts,    a   sheleton    in    armor,    and    many   of 
the  circumstances  connected  with  it  are  so  wondei-ful 


76  AMEBIOA   NOT   DI8COVEKED   BY    COLUMBUS. 


tliat  it  might  indeed  seem  almost  as  though  it  were 

the  skeleton  of  this  very  Thorvald   Erikson !      This 

skeleton   in   armor  attracted   much   attention   at  the 

time,    was   the   subject  of  much   learned   discussion, 

and    our   celebrated    poet   Longfellow  wrote,  in   thd 

year  1841,  a  poem  about  it,  beginning: 

"Speak!  speak!  thou  fearful  guest!" 

After  which   lie   makes   the  skeleton    tell   about   his 

adventures   as   a   viking,   about   the    pine   forests   of 

Norway,  about   his  voyage   across   the   stormy  deep, 

and    about    the    discovery   of   America,    concerning 

which  he  says: 

"Three  weeks  we  westward  bore, 
And  when  the  stomi  was  o'er, 
CloudUke  we  saw  the  shore 

Stretching  to  leeward; 
There,  for  my  lady's  bower. 
Built  I  the  lofty  tower,*  ' 

Which  to  this  very  hour 

Stands  looking  seaward." 

The   following  are    tlie    last  two    verses  of   the 

poem : 

"Still  grew  my  bosom,  then, 

Still  as  a  stagnant  fen. 
Hateful  to  me  were  men. 
The  sunlight  hateful ! 

♦The  tower  here  referred  to  is  the  famous  Newport  tower  in  Rhode 
Island,  whicli  undoubtedly  was  built  by  the  Norsemen;  at  least  we  persist 
in  claiming  it,  until  it  can  be  clearly  shown  that  it  has  been  built  since  the 
landing  of  the  Pilgrim  Fathers  in  1620. 


AMERICA    NOT   DISCOVERKn    BY    COLUMBUS.  77 

In  the  vast  forest  here, 
Clad  in  my  warlike  gear, 
Fell  I  upon  my  spear,— 
Oh,  death  was  grateful! 

"Thus,  seamed  with  many  scars, 
Bursting  these  prison  bars, 
Up  to  its  native  stars 

My  soul  ascended. 
There,  from  the  flowing  bowl, 
Deep  drinks  the  warrior's  soul: 
Skaal!  to  the  Northland,  skaal! 
Thus  the  tale  ended." 

The  great  Swedish  chemist  Berzelius  analyzed* 
a  part  of  the  breastplate  which  was  found  on  the 
skeleton,  and  found  that  in  composition  it  corre- 
sponded with  metals  used  in  the  I^orth  during  the 
tenth  century;  and  comparing  the  Fall  River  breast- 
plate with  old  Northern  armors,  it  was  also  found 
to  correspond  with  these  in  style. 

When  the  Norsemen  had  buried  their  chief,  Thor- 
wald,  they  returned  to  Leifsbudir  (Leif's  booths), 
loaded  their  ships  with  the  products  of  the  land,  and 
returned  to  Greenland  in  the  year  1005. 

to  .l^^'^'T^  ""■"'"  '"''"'^  ^"  °'"'""''^'  ""^   -^"""S  with  certainty  back 

Brenmate  Bronze  Article 

copper r^-S": ^~j- 

Zinc 2o„„       67.13 

Tin ::: "f^ 20.39 

Lead —    J-;^ 9.24 

^••o" 0.03:::::;;:::;: ojj 


CHAPTER  XIII. 


THORSTEIN  ERIKSON,  1005. 

^T^IIEN  the  Sagas  tell  us  that  Thorstein,  the 
youngest  son  of  Erik  the  Red,  was  seized 
with  a  strong  desire  to  pass  over  to  Vinland  to 
fetch  the  body  of  his  brother  Thorvald.  He  was 
married  to  Gudrid,  a  woman  remarkable  for  her 
beauty,  her  dignity,  lier  prudence,  and  her  good 
discourse.  Tliorstein  fitted  out  a  vessel,  manned 
it  with  twenty-five  men  selected  for  their  strength 
and  stature,  besides  himself  and  Gudrid.  When 
all  was  ready  they  put   out  to  sea,  and  were  soon 


out   of  sight  of  land. 


Through  the  whole  summer 


they  were  tossed  about  on  the  deep,  and  were 
driven  they  knew  not  whither.  Finally  they  made 
land,  which  they  found  to  be  Lysefjord,  on  the 
western  coast  of  Greenland.  Here  Thorstein  and 
several  of  his  men  died,  and  Gudrid  returned  to 
Eriksljord. 


CHAPTER   XIV, 


THORFINN  KARLSEFNE  AND  GUDRID,  1007. 

• 

n^IlK     most    distinguished    explorer    of     Viiiland 
was  Thokfinn  Karlsefne.     He  was  a  wealthy 
and   influential   man.     He   was  descended   from   the 
most  famous  families  in  the  North.     Several  of  his 
ancestors   had   been   elected    kings.      In    the  tall   of 
1006    he    came    from    Norway   to     Erikstjord    with 
two   ships.      Karlsefne   made   rich    presents   to    Leif 
Erikson,  and   Leif  offered  the   Norse  navigator  the 
hospitalities  of  Brattahlid  during  winter.     After  the 
Yule  festival   Thorfinn   began   to  treat  with  Leif  as 
to  the  marriage  of   Gudrid,  Leif  being  the  person 
to  whom  the   right  of  betrothment  belonged.     Leif 
gave   a   favorable   ear   to   his   advances,    and   in    the 
course  of  the  winter  their  nuptials  were   celebrated 
with   duo   ceremony.      The    conversation    frequently 
turned  at  Brattahlid  upon  Yinland  the  Good,  many 
saying    that    an    expedition     thither    held    out    fair 
prospects  of  gain.      The   result   was   that    Thorfinn, 
accompanied    by   his   wife,    who   urged    him   to   the 
undertaking,    sailed    to    Vinland    in    the  sj)ring  of 


80 


AMERICA    NOT    DI8COVEKEI)    BY    COLUMBUS. 


1007,  and  reinaiiied  there  three  years.  The  Sagas 
lay  coiisidei'able  stress  upon  the  fact  that  Gudrid 
persuaded  him  to  undertake  tliir  expedition.  She 
also  appears  to  have  taken  a  prominent  part  in 
the  wliole  enterprise.  Imagine  yourself  way  otf  in 
Greenland.  Imagine  Gudrid  ana  Thoriinn  Karl- 
sefne  taking  a  walk  together  on  the  sea-beach,  and 
Gudrid  talking  to  her  husband  in  this  wise: 

"1  wonder  thiU  you,  Tliorlinn,  with  good  ships 
and  many  stout  men,  and  plenty  of  means,  should 
choose  to  remain  in  this  l)arren  spot  instead  of 
searching  out  the  famous  Vinland  and  making  a 
settlement  there.  Just  think  v.hat  a  splendid  coun- 
try it  must  be,  and  what  a  desirable  change  for  all 
of  us.  Thick  and  leafy  woods  like  those  of  old 
Norway,  instead  of  th^se  rugged  cliffs  and  snow-clad 
hills.  Fields  of  waving  grass  and  rye  instead  of 
moss-covered  rocks  and  sandy  soii.  Trees  large 
enough  to  build  housee  and  ships  instead  of  willow 
bushes,  that  are  fit  for  nothing  except  to  save  our 
cattle  from  starvation  when  the  hay-crop  runs  out ; 
besides  longer  sunshine  in  winter,  and  more  genial 
warmth  all  the  year  round,  instead  of  howling  winds 
and  ice  and  snow.  Truly  I  think  this  country  was 
wofully  misnamed  when   they  called  it  Greenland." 

You   can    easily   imagine    that  Thoriinn  was  cop- 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVEKED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


81 


vineed  by  such  persuasive  arguments,  and  lie  resolved 
to  follow  his  wife's  advice. 

The  expedition  which  now  set  out  for  Vinlund 
was  on  a  much  larger  scale  than  any  of  the  expedi- 
tions that  had  preceded  it.  Tliat  Lcif  and  Thorvald 
and  Thorstein  had  not  intended  to  make  their  per- 
manent abode  in  YinUmd  was  plain,  from  the  fact 
that  they  brought  neither  women  nor  Hocks  nor 
herds  with  thom.  Karlscfne,  on  the  other  hand, 
went  forth  fuily  equipped  f\^y  colonization.  The 
party  consiste*!  of  c/'d  linndred  and  Jift}/-<me  men 
and  seven  women.  A  number  of  cattle  and  sheep 
were  also  carried  on  this  occasion  to  Vinland.  Thev 
all  arrived  there  in  safety,  and  remained,  as  has 
been  stated  three  years,  when  iiostilities  between 
them  and  the  Skrajllings  compelled  them  to  give 
up  their  colony. 

The  Sao-a  ji'ives  a  verv  full  account  of  Thorlinn's 
enterprises  in  Vinland ;  al)out  the  traffic  with  the 
Skra41ings;  about  the  development  of  the  colony, 
etc.;  all  of  which  T  am  com])elled  to  omit  in  this 
sketch.  T  must  call  attention,  however,  to  the 
interesting  fact  that  a  son  was  born  to  Tliortinn 
and  (ludrid  tiie  year  after  tlu-y  had  established 
thv^mselves  iu  their  (piarters  at  Straumt^'ord  (I'u;.- 
zard's    Uay).      II is   name  was  Sjokkk  Tmokkinnson. 


i 


82 


AMEKIOA    KOT    DISCOVERED    UY    COLUMBUS. 


He  was  born  in  the  present  State  of  Massachusetts, 
in  the  year  1U08,  and  he  was  the  Urst  man  of 
European  blood  of  whose  birth  in  America  we  have 
any  record.  From  him  tlie  famous  sculptor,  Albert 
Thorwaldsen,  is  lineally  descended,  besides  a  long- 
train  of  learned  and  distinguished  men  who  have 
nourished  during  the  last  eight  centuries  in  Iceland 

and  Denmark. 

In   the    next    place,   attention   is    invited    to    an 
inscription  on  a  rock,  situated  on  the  right  bank  of 
the  Taunton  river,  in  Bristol  county,  Massachusetts. 
It   is   familiarly  called  the   Diguton  Wioting  Rock 
Inscription.      It    stands    in    the    very    region    which 
the   Norsemen   freciuented.      It   is   written    in   char- 
acters which  the  natives  have  never  used  nor  sculp- 
tured.    This  inscription  was  copied  by  Dr.  Danforth 
as   early   as    1680,    by   Cotton    Mather   in    1712;    it 
was  copied  by  Dr.  Greenwood  m  1730,  by  Stephen 
Sewell  in   1768,   by   James  Winthrop    in   1788,  and 
has   been    copied   at  least  four  times  in   the  present 
century.     The  rock  was  seen  and  talked   of  by   the 
iirst  settlers  in  New   England,  long  before  anything 
was  said  about    the   Norsemen    discovering  America 
before  Columbus. 


AMEItlGA    NOT    DISCOVEKED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


83 


Near  the  center  of  the   inscrii)tioii   we  read  dis- 
tinctly, in  Roman  eliaraeters, 

CXXXI, 
^vhich  is  151,^-  the  exact  number  of  Thortinn's  party. 
Then  we  iind  an  .\,  a  boat,  and  the  Eunic  character 
for  M,  which  maybe  interpreted  "N(orse)  seafering 
M(en)."  Besides  we  have  the  »vord  IS'AM  — took 
(took  possession),  and  the  wliole  of  Thorfinn's  name, 
with  the  exception  of  the  first  letter.  Repeating 
these  characters  we  have 

ORFIN,   CXXXI,   N 


M,   NAM, 

which  lias  been  interpreted  by  Prol'.  Rafn  as  fol- 
lows: "Thorfinn,  with  one  hundred  and  fifty-one 
Norse  seafaring  men  took  possession  of  this  land 
(landnam)." 

In  the  lower  left  corner  of  the  inscription  is  a 
figure  of  a  woman  and  a  cliild,  near  the  latter  of 
which  is  the  letter  S,  reminding  us  most  forcibly 
of  Gudrid  and  her  son,  Snorre.  Upon  the  whole, 
the  Dighton  Writing  Rock,  if  Prof  Rafn's  plates 
and  interpretations  can  be  relied  upon,  removes  all 
doubt  concerning  the  presence  of  Thorfinn  Karlsefne 
and  the  Norsemen  at  Taunton  River,  in  the  begin- 
ning of  the  eleventh  century.f 

*Tlu-  IcelandcTB  n.ckoncd  twdve  docados  to  the  hundred  and  called 
n  stort  huncirad  (great  hundred). 
t  See  page  22. 


CHAPTER  XV. 


OTHER  EXPEDITIONS  BY  THE  NORSEMEN. 

rriHE  Sagas  give  elaborate  accounts  of  other 
expeditions  by  the  Norsemen  to  Viiiland. 
Tims  there  is  one  by  Freydis  in  the  year  1011  ; 
and  in  the  year  1121  the  Bishop  Erik  Upsi  went 
as  a  missionary  to  Vinland. 

Then  there  are  Sagas  that  give  accounts  of  expe- 
ditions by  Norsemen  to  Great  Irland  (North  and 
South  Carolina,  Georgia  and  Florida),  but  I  will 
omit  these  in  the  present  sketch.* 

The  last  expedition  mentioned  was  in  the  year 
134:7,  but  this  was  in  the  time  of  the  Black  Plague, 
which  raged  throughout  Europe  with  unrelenting  fury 
from  13-17  to  1351,  and  also  reached  Iceland,  Green- 
land and  Yinland,  and  cut  off  comnmnication  between 
these  countries.  The  Black  Plague  reduced  the  popu- 
lation of  Norway  alone  from  two  millions  to  three 
hundred  thousand,  and  this  tact  gives  us  some  idea  of 
the  terrible  ravages  of  this  fearful  epidemic.  It  is 
evident  that  the  l>lack  Plague  left  no  surplus  popula- 
tion for  expeditions  to  America  or  elsewhere. 

*  Sue  \)a<^ii  18. 


CHAPTER   XVJ. 


THE  DISCOVERY  OF  AMERICA  BY  COLUMBUS. 

J  WILL  now  devote  a  few  pages  to  poincing  out 
some  of  the  threads  tliat  connect  this  discovery 
of  America  by  the  Norsemen  witli  tlie  more  recent 
and  better-known  discovery  by  Cohmihus. 

1.  From  a  letter  wiiicli  Columbus  himself  wrote, 
and  which    we   find   (pioted   in  Washington  L-ving's 
Columbus,^  we   know  positively  that   while  the  de- 
sign  of  attempting   the    discovery  in   the    west   was 
maturin.     in    the   mind    of    Columbus,    he    made   a 
voyage  to  the  north  of  Europe,  and  visited  Iceland. 
Tliis  was  in  February,  1477,  and  in  his  conversation 
with  the  Bishop  and  other  learned  men   of  Iceland, 
he    must    have   been   informed  of  the  extraordinary 
fact,  that  their   countrymen    had    discovered  a  great 
country   beyond    the   western    ocean,    which    seemed 
to  extend  southward  to  a  great  distance.      This  was 
a    circumstance    not    likely    to    rest    quietly   in    the 
active  and  speculative  mind  of  the  great  geographer 

*  Vol.  1.  p.  59. 


86 


AMEliICA   NOT    U16COVEKED    BY    COLUMB  J8. 


and  navigator.  Tlie  reader  will  observe  that,  when 
Columbus  was  in  Iceland,  in  the  year  1477,  fifteen 
years  before  he  discovered  America,  only  one  hun- 
dred and  thirty  years  had  elapsed  / since  the  last 
N^orse  expedition  to  Vinland.  There  were  undoubt- 
edly people  still  living  whose  grandfathers  had 
crossed  the  Atlantic,  and  it  would  be  altogether 
unreasonable  to  suppose  that  he,  who  was  constantly 
studying  and  talking  about  geography  and  navigation, 
possibly  could  visit  Iceland  and  not  hear  anything  of 
the  land  in  the  west. 

2,  Gudrid,  the  wife  of  Thorlinn  and  mother  of 
Snorre,  made  a  pilgrimage  to  Rome  after  the  death 
of  her  husband.  It  is  related  that  she  waL  well 
received,  and  she  certainly  must  have  talked  there 
of  her  ever  memorable  trans-oceanic  voyage  to  Yin- 
land,  and  her  three  years'  residence  there.  Rome 
paid  mueli  attention  to  geographical  discoveries,  and 
took  pains  to  collect  all  new  charts  and  reports 
that  were  brought  there.  Every  new  discovery  M^as 
an  aggrandizement  of  the  papal  dominion,  a  new 
field  foi  the  preaching  of  the  Gospel.  The  Romans 
might  have  heard  of  Vinland  before,  but  she  brought 
personal  evidence. 

3.  Thiif  Vinland  was  known  at  the  Vatican  is 
clearly   proved    by  the    fact   that    Pope   Paschal    II, 


t 


m 


AMLiiICA    NOT   DISCO VEKEL)   BY   C0LUMBU8.  87 

in  tlie  year  1112,  appointed  Erik  (Jpsi,  Bishop  of 
Iceland,  Greenland  and  Yinland,  and  Erik  Upsi 
went  personally  to  Vinland  in  the  year  1121. 

4.  Recent  developments  in  relation  to  Columbus 
tend  to  prove  that  he  had  opportunity  to  see  a 
map  of  Vinland,  procured  froin  the  Vatican  for  the 
Pinzons,  and  it  would  indeed  astonish  us  more  to 
learn  that  he,  with  his  nautical  knowledge,  did  not 
hear  of  America  than  that  he  did.  We  must  also 
bear  in  mind  that  Columbus  lived  in  an  age  of 
discovery;  England,  France,  Portugal  and  Spain 
were  vying  with  each  other  in  discovering  new  f-^ 
lands  and  extending  their  territories. 

5.  But   in  addition    to   the   Sagas,   the   Dighton 
Writing    Rock,    the   Nkwport    Tower    (which    the 
Iirdians   told    the    early   New    England   settlers   wis 
built   by   the   giants,   and  the  iXorse  discoverers  cer- 
tainly  looked    like   giants    to   the   natives,  since  the 
former  called  the  latter  Sknpllings);  and  in  addition 
to   the  SKELETON   IN  ARMOR,   we  havc   a   remarkable 
record   of    the    early   discovery   of  America   by   the 
Norsemen    in  the   writings  of  Adam   of   Bremen,  a 
canon   and  historian  of  high  authority,  who  died  in 
the  year  1076.      Tie  visited  the  Danish  king  Svend 
Estridson,  a   nephew   of   Canute  the   Great,  and   on 
his  return  home  he  wrote  a  book    "  On   iho  Propa- 


88 


AlVIERICA   NOT   DISOOVEEED   BY    COLUMBUS. 


(jation  of  the  Chr'idlan  JReliymi  in  the  North  of 
Europe^''  and  at  the  end  of  this  book  he  added  a 
geographical  treatise  "  On  the  Position  of  Denmark 
and  other  7'egions  heyond  Denmai'hP  Having  given 
an  account  of  Denmark,  Sweden,  Norway,  Iceland 
and  Greenland,  he  says  that,  "  hesides  these  there  is 
still  another  region,  which  has  been  visited  Iry  many^ 
lying  in  that  Ocean  {the  Atlantic),  which  is  called 
ViNLAND,  hecause  vines  groio  there  spontaneously, 
producing  very  good,  wine',  corn  likewise  springs 
up  there  without  heing  sow7i  /"  and  as  Adam  of 
Bremen  closes  his  account  of  Yinland  he  adds  these 
remarkable  words :  "  This  ice  hnow  not  hy  fabu- 
lous conjecture,  but  from,  positive  statements  of  the 
Danes  P 

Now,  Adam  of  Bremen's  work  was  first  pub- 
lished in  tlie  year  1073,  and  was  read  by  intelligent 
men  throughoiit  Europe,  and  Columbus  being  an 
educated  man,  and  so  deeply  interested  in  geograph- 
ical studies,  especially  when  they  treated  of  the 
Atlantic  Ocean,  could  he.  be  ignorant  of  so  important 
a  work? 

I  have  here  given  five  reasons  \\hy  Columbus 
must  have  kimwn  the  existence  of  the  American 
continent  before  he  started  on  his  voyage  of  discov- 
ery.    1.    Gudrid's  visit   to   Rome.     2.    The   appoint- 


AMERICA    NOT    DIS(X)Vi:iiI.;i)    Uy    COLUMIUTS. 


89 


ment,  hy  Pope  Pascal  II,  of  Erik  ITpsi  as  Bishop  of 
Viiilaiid.  8.  Adain  of  Premen's  account  of  Vinland, 
in  his  book  piibh'shed  in  1073.  4.  The  map  pro- 
cured from  the  Vatican  for  the  Pinzons,  wliich  fact 
I  have  not,  how'ever,  yet  been  able  to  establish  with 
absolute  certainty;  and,  5,  which  caps  the  climax. 
Columbus'  own  visit  to  Iceland  in  the  year  1477. 

The^   are   stubborn    facts,  and,    if  you   read    the 
biography  of  Columbus,  you  will  find  that  he  always 
maintained  a  firm  conviction  that  there  was  land  in 
the  west.     He  says  himself   that  he    based  this  con- 
viction on  the  authority  of  the  /earned  writn-s.     He 
stated,  before  he  left  Spain,  that  he  expected  to  find 
land  soon  after  sailing  about  seven  hundred  leagues; 
hence  he  knew  the  breadth  of  the  ocean,  and  must.' 
therefore,    have   had  a  pretty  definite   knowledge   of 
the  situation  of  Yinland  and  Great  Ireland.     A  day 
or  two  before  coming  in  sight  of  the  new  world,  he 
capitulated  with  his  mutinous  crew,  promising,  if  he 
did  not  discover  land  within  ^hree  days,  to  abandon 
the  voyage.     In   fact,  the  wli.        history  of  his   dis- 
covery proves   that    he    either   must   have   possessed 
previous    knowledge  of   America,  or,  as   some   have 
had    the   audacity  to    maintain,   been    inspired.     We 
do  not  believe  in  that  sort  of  inspiration.     It  makes 
Columbus  a  greater  man,  in  our  estimation,  that  he 


\/-' 


m  I 


90 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOV  KRKD    MY    COLUMHUS. 


\  J 


tbrincd  his  opinion  bj  a  chain  of  h)ii;i('al  deductions 
based  upon  thorougli  study  and  research.  It  is  to 
the  credit  of  (-ohniibus,  we  say,  that  he  investigated 
the  nature  of  things;  that  he  dih'gently  searched  the 
learned  writers;  that  he  paid  close  attention  to  all 
reports  of  navigators,  and  gathered  up  all  those  scat- 
tered gleams  of  knowledge  that  fell  ineffectually  upon 
ordinary  minds.  Washington  Irving  says:  ''When 
Columbus  had  formed  his  theory  it  became  lixed  in 
his  mind  with  singular  tirmness.  lie  never  spoke 
in  doubt  or  hesitation,  but  with  as  much  certainty  as 
if  his  eyes  had  already  beheld  the  promised  land." 
We  say,  if  he  held  this  firm  conviction  on  only 
presumptive  evidence,  then,  with  all  due  respect  for 
liis  distinguished  biographer,  he  is  not  entitled  to 
the  enviable  reputation  for  scholarship  and  good 
judgment  that  has  been  accredited  to  him  by  Wash- 
ington Irving.  We  claim  to  be  vindicating  the  great 
name  of  Columbus,  by  showing  that  he  must  have 
based  his  ceHainty  upon  equally  certain  facts,  which 
he  possessed  the  ability  and  patience  to  study  out, 
and  the  keenness  of  intellect  to  put  together,  and 
this  gives  historwal  importance  to  the  discovery 
of  America  by  the  Norxernen.  The  fault  that  we 
find  with  Columbus  is,  that  he  was  not  honest  and 
frank  enough  to  tell  where  and  how  he  had  obtained 


m 


AMKKICA    NOT   DlSCOVEKKf)    KV   COLirMHUS.  01 

liis  previous  information  about  tlie  lands  wliicli  lie 
pretontlod  to  discover;  that  he  sometimes  talked  of 
liiniself  as  chosen  by  Heaven  to  make  this  discovery, 
and  that  he  made  the  fruits  of  his  labors  subservient 
to  the  dominion  of  inquisition. 

If  our  tiieorv,  then,  does  not  make  Columbus  out 
as  true  and.  good  a  man  as  the  readei-  may  have  con- 
sidered him,  we  still  iusist  that  it  proves  him  a  man 
of  extraordinary  ability.     It  shows  that  he  discovered 
America  by  study  and  research,  and  not  by  accident 
or  inspiration.     Care  should  always  be  taken  to  vin- 
dicate great  names  from    accident  or  inspiration.     It 
defeats  one  of  the  most  salutary  purposes  of  history 
iind  biography,  which  is  to  furnish  examples  of  what 
human  genius  and  laudable  enterprise  can  accomplish.* 
That   the   Spanish   and    more    recent    colonies   in 
America   could    become    more    permanent   than    the 
Norse   colonies,    is    chiefly    to    be    attributed    to   the 
superiority  that   flre-arms   gave   the   Europeans  over 
the   natives.     The    ]>forsemen  had    no   lire-arms,  and 
their  higher  culture  could  not    defend    them   against 
the  swarms  of  savages  that   attacked    them.     In  the 
next   place,  the    Black   Plague   reduced    the    popula- 
tion of  Norway  and  Iceland  beyond  the  necessitv  or 
even  possibility  to  emigrate.     If  the  communication 

*  Washington  Irving. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  T/.IGET  (MT-3) 


V 


// 


// 


W., 


:/. 


(/x 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


tt  Ilia 

1= 

-  IIP 

II  2,2 

ilM 

.    1^ 

1^ 

1.8 

6" 


U    11.6 


v^ 


<9^ 


/i 


VI 


^a 


Vl# 


.% 


-(!| 
.•5^'' 


m :." 


C? 


%. 


^f 


//a 


7 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STRIET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


.V'V^.V 


^v 


iV 


^ 


\ 


\ 


% 


.V 


Ky 


^ 
«, 


o^ 


% 


'1? 


<> 


% 


v^^ 


%^ 


t^    4P.. 


fe. 


w. 


TM 


\ 


it' 


m 

IM  Mi! 


92 


AMERICA    NOT    DISCOVERED    BY    COLUMBUS. 


between  Vinland  and  the  Korth  could  have  been 
maintained  say  one  hundred  years  longer,  that  is,  to 
the  middle  of  the  fifteenth  centurv,  it  is  difficult  to 
determine  what  the  result  would  have  been.  Possi- 
bly this  sketch  would  have  appeared  in  Icelandic 
instead  of  English.  Undoubtedly  the  Norse  colonies 
would  have  become  firmly  rooted  by  that  time,  and 
Non^e  language,  nationality  and  institutions  might 
Iiave  played  as  conspicuous  a  part  in  America  as  the 
English  and  their  posterity  do  now-a-days. 


ii- 


CHAPTER  XVII. 


CONCLUSION. 

~DUT   it   is   not  within  the   scope  of  this   sketch 
to   discuss   this    subject   any   farther.     Let   us 
remember  Leif  Erikson,  the  first   white   man  who 
turned  the  bow  of  his  ship  to  the  west  for  the  pur- 
pose   of    finding    America.      Let    us   remember    his 
brother,  Thorvald  Erikson,  the  first  European  and 
the  first  Christian  who  was  buried   beneath  Ameri- 
can  sod!      Let   us  not   forget   Thorfinn   and  Gud- 
EiD,   who   estabh'shed   the   first   European   colony  in 
New  England !    nor  their  little  son,  Snorre,  the  first 
man   of   European    blood   whose    birthplace  was   in 
the  New  World!     Let  us  erect  a  monument  to  Leif 
Erikson    worthy   of   the   man    md   the   cause;    and 
while  the  knowledge  of  this  discovery  of  America 
lay  for  a  long  time  hid  in   the  unstudied  literature 
of    Iceland,   let    us    take    this    lesson,    that    ''truth 
crushed  to  earth  uill  rise  again;  "  that    truth    may 
often   lie   darkened    and    hid   for  a   long   time,  but 
that   it   is   like  the   beam   of    light   from   a   stir   in 
some     far     distant    region    of    the    universe  — after 


94 


AME14I0A    NOT    UISCOV£ltED    BY    (JOLU.MliUS. 


I'll* 


1 

1 
i 

i 

II' 

i'i ' 

fir  1 

thousands   of  years   it   reaches   some  heavenly  body 
and  gives  it  light. 

In  the  language  of  Mr.  Davis:  "Let  us  praise 
Leif  Erikson  for  his  courage,  let  us  applaud  him 
for  his  zeal,  let  us  respect  him  for  his  motives,  for 
he  was  anxious  to  enlarge  the  boundaries  of  knowl- 
edge,    lie  reached  the  wished-for  land, 

"  '  Where  now  the  western  sun, 
O'er  fields  and  floods, 
O'er  every  living  soul 
DifFuseth  glad  repose.' 

He  opened  to  the  view  a  broad  region,  where  smil- 
ing hope  invites  successive  generations  from  the 
old  world. 

"  Such  men  as  an  Alexander,  or  a  Tamerlane, 
conquer  but  to  devastate  countries.  Discoverers  add 
new  regions  of  fertility  and  beauty  to  those  already 
known. 

"And  are  not  the  hardy  adventurers,  plowing 
the  briny  deep,  more  attractive  than  the  troops  of 
Alexander,  or  Napoleon,  marching  to  conquer  the 
world,  with  plumes  waving  in  the  gentle  breeze, 
and  with  arms  glittering  in  the  sunbeams?  Who 
can  tell  all  the  benefits  that  discoverers  confer  on 
mankind  ? 

"  To  count  them  all  demands  a  thousand  tongues, 
A  throat  of  brass  and  adamantine  lungs.'" 


WHAT  SCHOLARS  SAY 

ABOUT   THE 

Historical,  Linguistic  and  Literary  Value 


OF  THE 


SCANDINAVIAN  LANGUAGES. 


"Der  ar  flagga  pa  mast  och  den  visar  at  norr,  och 

i  iiorr  ar  den  jilskade  jord  • 
jag  vill  folja  dc  himmelska  vindarnas  gang,  jag  vill 
styra  tillbaka  mot  Nord." 


ENGLISH  VERSION. 


—  Tegner. 


"  '"T"','  T  !"«  ^  ""'  '"""■  '"■<'  "  l>»l»ts  to  the  North 
ADd  the  Noith  hold,  th»  l.„d  that  I  love  ' 

I  W,I    .t™r  hack  to  northward,  th«  heavenly  cour.e 
Of  the  wMds  guiding  ,„,e  troro  above." 

^ERY  little  attention  has  hitherto  been  given  i„ 
this  country  to  the  study  of  Scandinavian  history 

angnages  and  literatures.     We  think    this   bnt     h  of 
study  would  not  be  so  much  neglected,  if  it  were  l^e 
generally   known    what  an  extensive  source  of  iX 
lectua    pleasure   it  affords   to   the  scholar  who  is  ac- 
quam  ed  wUh  it.     We  hope,  therefore,  to  serve  a  go  d 
cause  by  calhng  your  attention  to  a  few  quotations  from 
American,  English,  German,  and  French  schol      ,  w 
have  given  much  time  and  attention  to  the  above  named 
subject,  m  order  that  it  may  be  known  what  they  wl  „ 


•^mm 


t. 


96 


THE    8CA^•1)INAV1A^•    LANGUACJElJ. 


may  justly  be  considered  competent  to  judge,  say  of  their 
importance. 

I  will  add  that  1  have  not  found  a  scholar,  who  has 
devoted  himself  to  this  field  of  stuily  and  research,  that 
has  not  at  the  same  time  become  an  enthusiastic  admirer 
of  Scandinavian  and  particularly  Icelandic  history,  lan- 
guages and  literatures. 

.  To  scientific  students  it  is  sufficient  to  say,  that  a 
knowledge  of  the  Scandinavian  languages  at  once  intro- 
duces them  to  several  writers  of  great  eminence  in  the 
scientific  world.     I  will  briefly  mention  a  few. 

Hans  Christian  Oersted  won  for  himself  one  of 
the  greatest  names  of  the  age.  His  discovery,  in  1830,  of 
electro-magnetism  —  the  identity  of  electricity  and  mag- 
netism—  which  he  not  only  discovered,  but  demon- 
strated incontestably,  placed  him  at  once  in  the  highest 
rank  of  physical  philosophers,  and  has  led  to  all  the 
wonders  of  the  electric  telegraph.  His  great  work, "  The 
Soul  of  Nature,"  in  which  he  promulgates  his  grand 
doctrine  of  the  universe,  abundantly  repays  a  careful 
])erusal. 

Carl  von  Linne  (Linna3us)  is  the  polar  star  in 
botany.  He  was  professor  at  the  University  of  Sweden, 
died  in-  1788,  and  is  the  founder  of  the  established  system 
of  botany.  As  Linnteus  is  the  father  of  botany,  so  Ber- 
ZELius  might  be  called  the  father  of  the  present  system 
of  chemistry.  He  is  one  of  the  greatest  ornaments  of 
science.  He  devoted  his  whole  life  sedulously  to  the 
promotion  and  extension  of  his  favorite  science,  and  to 
him  is  the  world  indebted  for  the  discovery  of  many 
new  elementary  principles  and  valuable  chemical  com- 


.,. — ->' — — 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


97 


hiiuitions  now  in  general  use.  He  filled  the  chair  of 
chemistry  in  the  University  of  Stockholm  for  forty-two 
years,  and  died  in  1848.  Scheele,  Michael  Sars, 
Hansteen,  and  several  others,  are  men  who  have  dis- 
tinguished themselves  by  their  labors  in  the  field  of 
science,  natural  history  and  astronomy.  And  now  read 
the  following  quotations,  which  we  have  promised  to 
present. 

Mr.  North  Ludlow  Beamish  says:  "The  national 
literature  of  Iceland  holds  a  distinct  and  eminent  position 
in  the  literature  of  Europe.  In  that  remote  and  cheer- 
less isle  *  *  *  religion  and  learning  tqok  up  their 
tranquil  abode,  before  the  south  of  Europe  had  yet 
emerged  from  the  iriontal  darkness  which  followed  the 
fall  of  the  Roman  Empire.  There  the  unerring  memo- 
ries of  the  Skalds  and  Sagamen  were  the  depositories  of 
past  events,  which,  handed  down  from  age  to  age,  in  one 
unbroken  line  of  historical  tradition,  were  committed  to 
writing  on  the  introduction  of  Christianity,  and  now 
come  before  us  with  an  internal  evidence  of  their  truth, 
which  places  them  amongst  the  liiglied  order  of  historical 
records. 

"  To  investigate  the  origin  of  this  remarkable  ad- 
vancement in  mental  culture,  and  trace  the  progressive 
steps  by  which  Icelandic  literature  attained  an  eminence 
which  even  now  imparts  a  lustre  to  that  barren  land,  is 
an  object  of  interesting  and  instructive  inquiry. 

"Among  no  other  people  of  Europe  can  the  concep- 
tion and  birth  of  historical  literature  be  more  clearly 
traced  than  amongst  the  people  of  Iceland.  Here  it  can 
be  shown  how  memory  took  root,  and  gave  birth  to 


98 


THE   SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


luirrative;  how  narrative  multiplied  and  increased  until 
it  was  committed  to  writing,  and  how  the  written  rela- 
tion eventually  became  sifted  and  arranged  in  chrono- 
logical order/' 

Samuel  Laing,  Esq. — "All  that  men  hope  for  of 
good  government  and  future  improvement  in  their 
physical  and  moral  condition, —  all  that  civilized  men 
enjoy  at  this  day  of  civil,  religious  and  political  liberty 
—  the  British  constitution,  representative  legislature, 
the  trial  by  jury,  security  of  property,  freedom  of  mind 
and  person,  the  influence  of  public  opinion  over  the  con- 
duct of  public  affairs,  the  Reformation,  the  liberty  of  the 
press,  the  spirit  of  the  age, —  all  that  is  or  has  been  of 
value  to  man  in  modern  times  as  a  member  of  society, 
either  in  Europe  or  in  America,  may  be  traced  to  the 
spark  left  burning  upon  our  shores  by  the  Norwegian 
barbarians. 

"There  seem  no  good  grounds  for  the  favorite  and 
hackneyed  course  of  all  who  have  written  on  the  origin 
of  the  British  constitution  and  trial  by  jury,  who  un- 
riddle a  few  dark  phrases  of  Tacitus  concerning  the 
institutions  of  the  ancient  Germanic  tribes,  and  trace  up 
to  that  obscure  source  the  origin  of  all  political  institu- 
tions connected  with  freedom  in  modern  Europe.  In 
the  (Norwegian)  Sagas  we  find,  at  a  period  immediately 
preceding  the  first  traces  of  free  institutions  in  our 
history,  the  rude  but  very  vigorous  demonstrations  of 
similar  institutions  existing  in  great  activity  among 
those  northern  people,  who  were  masters  of  the  country 
under  Canute  the  Great,  who  for  two  generations  before 
his  time  had  occupied  and  inhabited  a  very  large  portion 


I||i;ii 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


99 


of  it,  and  of  wliom  a  branch  under  William  of  Normandy 
became  its  ultimate  and  permanent  conquerors.  It  may 
be  more  classical  to  search  in  the  pages  of  Tacitus  for 
allusions  to  the  customs  of  the  tribes  wandering  in  his 
day  through  the  forests  of  Germany,  which  may  bear 
some  faint  resemblance  to  modern  institutions,  or  to 
what  we  fancy  our  modern  institutions  may  have  been 
in  their  infancy ;  but  it  seems  more  consistent  with 
correct  principles  of  historic  research  to  look  for  the 
origin  of  our  institutions  at  the  nearest,  not  at  the  most 
remote,  source ;  not  at  what  existed  1,000  years  before 
in  the  woods  of  Germany,  among  people  whom  we  must 
believe  upon  supposition  to  have  been  the  ancestors  of 
the  invaders  from  the  north  of  the  Elbe,  who  conquered 
England,  and  must  again  believe  upon  supposition,  that 
when  this  people  were  conquered  successively  by  the 
Danes  and  Normans,  they  imposed  their  own  peculiar 
institutions  upon  their  conquerors,  instead  of  receiving 
institutions  from  them ;  but  at  what  actually  existed, 
when  the  first  notice  of  assemblies  for  legislative  pur- 
poses can  be  traced  in  English  history  among  the  con- 
querors of  the  country,  a  cognate  people,  long  established 
by  previous  conquests  in  a  large  portion  of  it,  who  used, 
if  not  the  same,  at  least  a  language  common  to  both, 
and  who  had  no  occasion  to  borrow,  from  the  conquered, 
institutions  which  were  flourishing  at  the  time  in  their 
mother  country  in  much  greater  vigor.  It  is  in  these 
(Norwegian)  Sagas,  not  in  Tacitus,  that  we  have  to  look 
for  the  origin  of  the  political  institutions  of  England. 
The  reference  of  all  matters  to  the  legislative  assemblies 
of  the  people  is  one  of  the  most  striking  facts  in  the 
Sagas.  • 


100 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


|!i:  ii^i 


•'  The  Sagas,  although  composed  by  natives  of  Ice- 
hmd,  are  properly  Xorweijian  literature.  The  events, 
persons,  manners,  language,  belong  to  Nonuay;  and  they 
are  productions  which,  like  the  works  of  Homer,  of 
Shakespeare,  and  of  Scott,  are  strongly  stamped  with 
nationality  of  character  and  incident. 

"  A  portion  of  that  attention,  which  has  exhausted 
classic  mythology,  and  which  has  too  long  dwelt  in  the 
Pantheons  of  Greece  and  Rome,  and  is  wearied  with 
fruitless  efforts  to  learn  something  more,  where,  perliaps, 
nothing  more  is  to  be  learned,  may  very  profitably,  and 
very  successfully,  be  directed  to  the  vast  field  of  Gothic 
research.  For  we  are  Goths  and  the  descendants  of 
Goths  — 

'"The  men, 

Of  earth's  best  blood,  of  titles  manifold.' 

And  it  well  becomes  us  to  ask,  what  has  Zeus  to  do  with 
the  Brocken,  Apollo  with  Bftersburg,  or  Poseidon  with 
the  Northern  Sea?  The  gods  of  our  fathers  were  neither 
Jupiter,  nor  Saturn,  nor  Mercury,  but  Odin,  Brage,  or 
Eger.  If  we  marvel  at  the  pictures  of  heathen  divinities 
as  painted  by  classical  hands,  let  us  not  forget  that  our 
ancestors  had  deities  of  their  own  —  gods  as  mighty  in 
their  attributes,  as  refined  in  their  tastes,  as  heroic  in 
their  doings,  as  the  gods  worshiped  in  the  Parthenon  or 
talked  about  in  the  forum." 

M.  Mallet  says :  "  History  has  not  recorded  the 
annals  of  a  people  who  have  occasioned  greater,  more 
sudden,  or  more  numerous  revolutions  in  Europe  than 
the  Scandinavians,  or  whose  antiquities,  at  the  same 
time,  are  so  little  known.    Had,  indeed,  their  emigra- 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


101 


tions  been  only  like  those  sudden  torrents  of  which  all 
traces  and  remembrance  are  soon  effaced,  the  indifference 
that  has  been  shown  to  them  would  have  been  sutii- 
ciently  justified  by  the  barbarism  they  have  been  ap- 
proached with.  But,  during  those  general  inundations, 
the  face  of  Europe  underwent  so  total  a  cliange,  and 
during  the  confusion  they  occasioned,  such  different 
establishments  took  place ;  new  societies  were  formed, 
animated  so  entirely  by  the  new  spirit,  that  the  history 
of  our  own  manners  and  institutions  ouglit  necessarily 
to  ascend  back,  and  even  dwell  a  considerable  time  upon 
a  period  which  discovers  to  us  their  chief  origin  and 
source. 

"  But  I  ought  not  barely  to  assert  this.  Permit  me 
to  support  the  assertions  by  proof.  For  this  purpose 
let  us  briefly  run  over  all  the  different  revolutions  which 
this  part  of  the  world  underwent  during  the  long  course 
of  ages  which  its  history  com})rehends,  in  order  to  see 
what  share  the  nations  of  the  North  have  had  in  pro- 
ducing them.  If  we  recur  back  to  the  remotest  times, 
we  observe  a  nation  issuing  step  by  step  from  the  forests 
of  Scythia,  in'  "santly  increasing  and  dividing  to  take 
possession  of  the  uncultivated  countries  which  it  met 
with  in  its  progress.  Very  soon  after,  we  see  the  same 
people,  like  a  tree  full  of  vigor,  extending  long  branches 
over  all  Europe ;  we  see  them  also  carrying  with  them 
whe'ever  tliey  came,  from  the  borders  of  the  Black  Sea 
to  the  extremities  of  Spain,  of  Sicily,  and  of  Greece,  a 
religion  simple  and  martial  as  themselves,  a  form  of 
government  dictated  by  good  sense  and  liberty,  a  restless 
unconquered  spirit,  apt  to  take  lire  at  the  very  mention 
of  subjection  and   constraint,  and  a  ferocious  courage 


102 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


nourished  by  a  savage  and  vagabond  life.  While  the 
gentleness  of  the  climate  softened  imperceptibly  the  fero- 
city of  those  who  settled  in  the  Soutii,  colonies  of  Egy})- 
tians  and  Phenicians  mixing  with  them  upon  the  coasts 
of  Greece,  and  thence  passing  over  to  those  of  Italy, 
taught  them  at  last  to  live  in  cities,  to  cultivate  letters, 
arts  and  commerce.  Thus  their  opinions,  their  customs 
and  genius,  were  blended  together,  and  new  states  were 
formed  upon  new  plans.  Home,  in  the  meantime,  arose 
and  at  length  carried  all  before  her.  In  proportion  as 
she  increased  in  grandeur,  she  forgot  her  ancient  man- 
ners, and  destroyed,  among  the  nations  whom  she  over- 
powered, the  original  spirit  with  which  they  were  ani- 
mated. But  this  spirit  continued  unaltered  in  the  colder 
countries  of  Europe,  and  maintained  itself  there  like  the 
independency  of  the  inhabitants.  Scarce  could  fifteen 
or  sixteen  centuries  pro(  uce  there  any  change  in  that 
spirit.  There  it  reneweu  itself  incessantly;  for,  during 
the  whole  of  that  long  interval,  new  adventurers  issuing 
continually  from  the  original  inexhaustible  country, 
trod  upon  the  heels  of  their  fathers  toward  the  north, 
and,  being  in  their  turn  succeeded  by  new  troops  of 
followers,  they  pushed  one  anotlier  forward  like  the 
waves  of  the  sea.  The  northern  countries,  thus  over- 
stocked, and  unable  any  longer  to  contain  such  restless 
inhabitants,  equally  greedy  of  glory  and  plunder,  dis- 
charged at  length  upon  the  Roman  Empire  the  weight 
that  oppressed  them.  The  barriers  of  the  empire,  ill 
defended  by  a  people  whom  prosperity  had  enervated, 
were  borne  down  on  all  sides  by  torrents  of  victorious 
armies,  ^e  then  see  the  conquerors  introducing,  among 
the  nations  they  vanquished,  viz.,  into  the  very  bosom 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANOUACfES. 


103 


:m 


of  slavery  and  sloth,  that  spirit  of  independence  and 
equality,  that  elevation  of  soul,  that  taste  for  rural  and 
military  life,  which  both  the  one  and  the  other  hjul 
originally  derived  from  the  same  common  source,  but 
which  were  then  among  the  Romans  breathing  their  last. 
Dispositions  and  principles  so  opposite,  struggled  long 
with  forces  sufficiently  equal,  but  they  united  in  the  end, 
they  coalesced  together,  and  from  their  coalition  sprung 
those  principles  and  that  spirit  which  governed  nfter- 
ward  almost  all  the  states  of  Europe,  and  which,  not- 
withstanding the  differences  of  climate,  of  religion,  and 
particular  accidents,  do  visibly  reign  in  them,  and  retain, 
to  this  day,  more  or  less,  the  traces  of  their  tirst  common 


origin. 


"  It  is  easy  to  see,  from  this  short  sketch,  how  greatly 
the  nations  of  the  earth  have  influenced  the  different 
fat  '  of  Europe ;  and  if  it  be  worth  while  to  trace  its 
revolutions  to  their  causes;  —  if  the  illustration  of  its 
institutions,  of  its  police,  of  its  customs,  of  its  manners, 
of  its  laws,  be  a  subject  of  useful  and  interesting  inquiry, 
it  must  be  allowed  that  the  antiquities  of  the  North, 
that  is  to  say,  everything  which  tends  to  make  us  ac- 
quainted with  its  ancient  inhabitants,  merits  a  share  in 
the  attention  of  thinking  men.  But  to  render  this 
obvious  by  a  particular  example :  is  it  not  well  known 
that  the  most  flourishing  and  celebrated  states  of  Europe 
owe  originally  to  the  northern  nations  whatever  liberty 
they  now  enjoy,  either  in  their  constitution  or  in  the 
spirit  of  their  government?  For  although  the  Gothic 
form  of  government  has  been  almost  everywhere  altered 
or  abolished,  have  we  not  retained,  in  most  things,  the 
opinions,  the  customs,  the  manners  which  that  govern- 


i* 


p 


i 


*> 


104 


THE  Scandinavia:;  languages. 


ment  had  a  tendency  to  produce  ?  Is  not  this,  in  fact, 
the  principal  source  of  that  courage,  of  tliat  aversion  to 
shivery,  of  that  empire  of  honor  which  characterized  in 
general  the  European  nations;  and  of  that  moderation, 
of  that  easiness  of  access,  and  peculiar  attention  to  the 
rights  of  humanity,  which  so  happily  distinguish  our 
sovereigns  from  the  inaccessible  and  superb  tyrants  of 
Asia  ?  The  immense  extent  of  the  Koman  Empire  had 
rendered  its  constitution  so  despotic  and  military,  many 
of  its  emperors  were  such  ferocious  monsters,  its  senate 
was  become  so  mean-spirited  and  vile,  that  all  elevation 
of  sentiment,  everything  that  was  noble  and  manly, 
seems  to  have  been  forever  banished  from  their  hearts 
and  minds;  insomuch  that  if  all  Europe  had  received 
the  yoke  of  Rome  in  this  her  state  of  debasement,  this 
fine  part  of  the  world  reduced  to  the  inglorious  con- 
dition of  the  rest  could  not  have  avoided  falling  into 
that  kind  of  barbarity,  which  is  of  all  others  the  most 
incurable;  as,  by  making  as  many  slaves  as  there  are 
men,  it  degrades  them  so  low  as  not  lo  leave  them  even 
r*  thought  or  desire  of  bettering  their  condition.  But 
nature  has  long  prepared  a  remedy  for  such  great  evils, 
in  that  unsubmitting,  unconquerable  spirit  with  which 
she  has  inspired  the  people  of  the  North;  and  thus  she 
made  amends  to  the  human  race  for  all  the  calamities 
whicli,  in  other  respects,  the  inroads  of  these  nations 
and  the  overthrow  of  the  Roman  Empire  produced. 

"The  great  prerogative  of  Scandinavia  (says  the  ad- 
mirable author  of  the  Spirit  of  Laws*),  and  what  ought 
to  recommend  its  inhabitants  beyond  every  people  upon 
earth,  is,  that  they  afforded  the  great  resource  to  the 

*  Barou  de  MontoBqiiicu  (L'Esprit  de  Lois). 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


105 


liberty  of  Europe,  that  is,  to  almost  all  the  liberty  tliat 
is  among  men.  The  Goth  Jornande,  adds  he,  calls  the 
North  of  Europe  the  forge  of  mankind.  I  should  rather 
call  it  the  forge  of  those  instruments  which  broke  the 
fetters  manufactured  in  the  South.  It  was  there  those 
valiant  natioub  were  bred  who  left  their  native  climes  to 
destroy  tyrants  and  slaves,  and  so  to  teach  men  that 
nature  having  made  them  equal,  no  reason  could  be 
assigned  for  their  becoming  dependent  but  their  mutual 
happii:css." 

H.  W.  LoNGFKLLOW  is  an  enthusiastic  admirer  of  the 
Scandinavian  languages.  Of  the  Icelandic  he  says: 
"The  Icelandic  is  as  remarkable  as  the  Anglo-Saxon  for 
its  abruptness,  its  obscurity  and  the  boldness  of  its 
metaphors.  Poets  are  called  Songsmiths;  —  poetry,  the 
Language  of  the  Gods;  —  gold,  the  Jaylight  of  Dwarfs; 
—  the  heavens,  the  Scull  of  Ymer;  —  the  rainbow,  the 
Bridge  of  the  Gods ;  — a  battle,  a  Bath  of  Blood,  the  Hail 
of  Odin,  the  Meeting  of  Shields ;  —  the  tongue,  the  Sword 
of  Words ;  —  a  river,  the  Sweat  of  Earth,  the  Blood  of  the 
Valleys;  —  arrows,  the  Daughters  of  Misfortune,  the 
Hailstones  of  Helmets;  —  the  earth,  the  Vessel  that 
floats  on  the  Ages;  —  the  sea,  Lhe  Field  of  Pirates;  — 
a  ship,  the  Skate  of  Pirates,  the  Horse  of  the  Waves. 
The  an3ient  Skald  (Bard)  smote  the  strings  of  his  harp 
with  as  bold  a  hand  as  the  Berserk  smote  his  foe.  When 
heroes  fell  in  battle  he  sang  to  them  in  his  Drapa,  or 
death-song,  that  they  had  gone  to  drink  'divine  mead 
in  the  secure  and  tranquil  palaces  of  the  gods,'  in  that 
Valhalla  upon  whose  walls  stood  the  watchman  Heim- 
dal,  whose  ear  was  so  acute  that  he  could  hear  the  grass 


«,    . 


106 


THB    SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


liiifi 


grow  in  the  meadows  of  earth,  and  the  wool  on  ^he 
backs  of  sheep.  He  lived  in  a  credulous  age,  in  the 
dim  twilight  of  the  past.     He  was 

'  The  sky-lark  in  the  dawn  of  years. 
The  poet  of  the  morn.' 

In  the  vast  solitudes  around  him,  the  heart  of  Nature 
beat  against  his  own.  From  the  midnight  gloom  of 
groves,  the  deep- voiced  pines  answered  the  deeper- 
voiced  and  neighboring  sea.  To  his  ear,  these  were  not 
the  \oices  of  dead,  but  living  things.  Demons  rode  the 
ocean  like  a  weary  steed,  and  the  gigantic  pines  flapped 
their  sounding  wings  to  smite  the  spirit  of  the  storm. 

"Still  wilder  and  fiercer  were  these  influences  of 
Nature  in  desolate  Iceland,  than  on  the  mainland  of 
Scandinavia.  Fields  of  lava,  icebergs,  geysers  and  vol- 
canoes were  familiar  sights.  When  the  long  winter 
came,  and  the  snowy  Heckla  roared  through  the  sunless 
air,  and  the  flames  of  the  Northern  Aurora  flashed  along 
the  sky,  like  phantoms  from  Valhalla,  the  soul  of  the 
poet  was  filled  with  images  of  terror  and  dismay.  He 
bewailed  the  death  of  Baldur,  the  sun ;  and  saw  in  each 
eclipse  the  horrid  form  of  the  wolf,  Maanegarm,  wiio 
swallowed  the  moon  and  stained  the  sky  with  blood." 

Professor  W.  Fiske,  of  Cornell  University,  who  is 
undoubtedly  the  most  learned  northern  scholar  in  this 
country,  Avho  has  spent  several  years  in  the  Scandinavian 
countries,  and  wiio  is  an  enthusijvStic  admirer  of  Iceland 
and  its  Sagas,  has  sent  me  the  following  lines  for  inser- 
tion in  this  appendix: 

"  It  is  not  necessary  to  dwell  on  the  value  of  Icelandic 
to  those  who  desire  to  investigate  the  early  history  of  the 


THE   SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


107 


Teutonic  race.  The  religious  belief  of  our  remote  an- 
cestors, and  very  many  of  their  primitive  legal  and  social 
customs,  some  of  which  still  influence  the  daily  life  of 
the  people,  find  their  clearest  and  often  their  only  eluci- 
dation in  the  so-called  Eddie  and  Skaldic  lays,  and  in  the 
Sagas.  The  same  writings  form  the  sole  sources  of 
Scandinavian  history  before  the  fourteenth  century,  and 
they  not  infrequently  shed  a  welcome  ray  on  the  obscure 
annals  of  the  British  Islands,  and  of  several  continental 
nations.  They  furnish,  moreover,  an  almost  unique  ex- 
ample of  a  modern  literature  which  is  completely  indige- 
nous. The  old  Icelandic  literature,  which  Mr)Uiu.s  truly 
characterizes  as  'ein  PhJlnomen  vom  Standpunkie  der 
allgemeinen  Cultur  und  Literaturgeschichte,'  and  be- 
side which  the  literatures  of  all  the  other  early  Teutonic 
dialects  —  Gothic,  Old  High  German,  Saxon,  F'isian, 
and  Anglo-Saxon  —  are  as  a  drop  to  a  bucket  of  water, 
developed  itself  out  of  the  actual  life  of  the  people  under 
little  or  no  extraneous  influence.  In  this  respect  it  de- 
serves the  careful  study  of  every  student  of  letters.  For 
the  English-speaking  races  especially  there  is  nowhere, 
so  near  home,  a  field  promising  to  the  scholar  so  rich 
a  harvest.  The  few  translations,  or  attempted  transla- 
tions, which  are  to  be  found  in  English,  give  merely 
a  faint  idea  of  the  treasures  of  antique  wisdom  and 
sublime  poetry  which  exist  in  the  Eddie  lays,  or  of  the 
quaint  simplicity,  dramatic. action,  and  striking  realism 
which  characterize  the  historical  Sagas.  Nor  is  the 
modern  literature  of  the  language,  with  its  rich  and 
abundant  stores  of  folk-lore,  unworthy  of  regard." 

Benjamin  Lossing  says:  "It  is  back  to  the  Nor- 
wegian Vikings  we  must  look  for  the  hardiest  elenu'uts 
of  progress  in  the  United  States." 


■p 


108 


THE    SOANniNAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


B.  F.  De  Costa. —  "Let  us  vumember  that  in  vindi- 
cating the  Nortinncn  we  lionor  those  who  not  only  give 
us  the  tirst  knowledge  possessed  of  the  American  conti- 
nent, but  to  whom  we  are  indebted  for  much  besides  tluit  / 
we  esteem  valuable.  For  we  fable  in  a  great  measure 
when  we  speak  of  our  Saxon  inheritance;  it  is  rather  from 
the  Northmen  that  we  have  derived  our  vital  energy,  our 
freedom  of  tliought,  and,  in  a  measure  that  we  do  not  yet 
suspect,  our  strength  of  speech.  Yet,  happily,  the  people 
are  fast  becoming  ct)nscious  of  their  indel)tedness ;  so  that 
it  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  time  is  not  far  distant  when 
the  Northmen  maybe  recognized  in  their  right  social, 
l)olitical  and  literary  characters,  and  at  the  same  time, 
as  navigators,  assume  their  true  position  in  the  Pre-Co- 
lumbian Discovery  of  America. 

"The  twelfth  century  Avas  an  era  of  great  literary 
activity  in  Iceland,  and  the  century  following  showed 
the  same  zeal.  Finally  Iceland  possessed  a  body  of  i)rose 
literature  superior  in  ([uantity  and  value  to  that  of  any 
other  modern  nation  of  its  time.  Indeed,  the  natives  of 
Europe,  at  this  period,  had  no  prose  literature  in  any 
modern  language  spoken  by  the  people. 

"Yet  while  other  nations  were  without  a  literature, 
the  intellect  of  Iceland  was  in  active  exercise  and  works 
were  produced  like  the  EuuAS  and  IIeimskkingla, — 
works  which,  being  inspired  by  a  lofty  genius,  will  rank 
with  the  writings  of  IIomeu  and  Herodotus  while  time 
itself  endures."  •'       / 

Says  Sir  Edmund  IIkad,  in  regard  to  the  Norwegian 
literature  of  tlie  tirelflh  century:  "  No  doubt  there  were 
translations  in  Anglo-Saxon  from  the  Latin,  by  Alfred, 


A 


THE   SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


10!> 


of  an  earlier  date,  but  there  was  in  trutli  no  vernacular 
literature.  I  cannot  name/'  he  says,  '*  any  work  in  high 
or  low  German  pro.se  which  can  be  carried  back  to  tliis 
period.  In  France,  prose  writing  cannot  be  said  to  have 
begun  before  the  time  of  Villcliardouin  (1204)  an  Join- 
ville  (1203);  Castilian  prose  certainly  did  not  begin  before 
the  time  of  Alfonso  X  (1252);  Don  Juan  Marvel,  the 
author  Conde  Lucanor,  was  not  born  till  1282.  The 
Cronica  (^e)icral  dc  J'Jspdiia  was  not  composed  till  at 
least  the  middle  of  the  thirteenth  century.  About  the 
same  time  the  language  of  Italy  was  acf[uiring  that  soft- 
ness and  strength  which  were  destined  to  appear  so  con- 
spicuously in  the  prose  of  Boccaccio  and  the  writers  of 
the  next  century. 

"  Of  course  there  was  more  or  less  poetry,  yet  poetry 
is  something  that  is  early  develo])ed  among  the  rudest 
nations,  wliile  good  prose  tells  that  a  people  have  become 
highly  advanced  in  mental  culture." 


William  and  Mauy  IIowitt. —  "There  is  nothing 
besides  the  Bible,  wliich  sits  in  a  divine  tranciuillity  of 
unapproa(3hable  nobility,  like  a  King  of  Kings  amongst 
all  other  books,  and  the  poem  of  Homer  itself,  which  can 
compare  in  all  the  elements  of  greatness  with  the  Edda. 
There  is  a  loftiness  of  stature  and  a  growth  of  muscle 
about  it  which  no  poets  of  the  same  race  have  ever  since 
reached.  The  obscurity  which  hangs  over  some  parts  of 
it,  like  the  deep  shadows  crouching  mid  the  ruins  of  the 
past,  is  probably  the  result  of  dilapidations;  but,  amid 
this,  stand  forth  the  boldest  masses  of  intellectual  nui- 
sonry.  We  are  astonished  at  the  wisdom  which  is  sha})ed 
into  maxims,  and  at  the  tempestuous  strength  of  passion^s 


». 


110 


TIIK    8CANI)lNAVIAiN    LANGUAGES. 


to  vvliich  Jill  modern  emotions  appear  puny  and  con- 
strained. Amid  the  bright  sunlight  of  a  far-off  time, 
surrounded  by  tlie  densest  shadows  of  forgotten  ages, 
we  come  at  once  into  the  midst  of  gods  and  lierots,  god- 
desses and  fair  women,  giants  and  dwarfs,  n.oving  about 
in  a  world  of  wonderful  construction,  unlike  any  other 
worlds  or  creations  which  God  has  founded  or  man 
has  imagined,  but  still  beautiful  beyond  conception. 

"The  Icelandic  poems  have  no  parallel  in  all  the 
treasures  of  ancient  literature.  They  are  the  expressions 
of  the  souls  of  poets  existing  in  the  primeval  and  un- 
efTcminated  earth.  They  are  limnings  of  men  and  women 
of  godlike  beauty  and  endowments,  full  of  the  vigor  of 
simple  but  impetuous  natures.  There  are  gigantic  pro- 
portions about  them.  There  are  great  and  overwhelming 
tragedies  in  them,  to  which  those  of  Greece  only  present 
any  parallels. 

''  The  Edda  is  a  structure  of  that  grandeur  and  im- 
portance that  it  deserves  to  be  far  better  known  to  us 
generally  than  it  is.  The  spirit  in  it  is  sublime  and 
colossal."  I 


Pliny  Miles. —  "The  literary  history  of  Iceland  in 
the  early  ages  of  the  Republic  is  of  a  most  interesting 
character,  When  we  consider  the  limited  population  of 
the  country,  and  the  many  disadvantages  under  which 
they  labored,  tUch'  literature  is  the  moxt  remarkable  on 
record.  The  old  Icelanders,  from  the  tenth  to  the  six- 
teenth century,  through  a  period  of  the  history  of  the 
world  when  little  intellectual  light  beamed  from  the  sur- 
rounding nations,  were  as  devoted  and  ardent  workers  in 
the  fields  of  history  and  poetry  as  any  community  in  the 


THE   SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


Ill 


m 


world  under  the  most  fiivorablc  circiimsfances.  Spring- 
ing from  the  Old  Norse  or  Norwegian  stock,  they  carried 
tiie  language  and  habits  of  their  ancestors  with  them  to 
their  highland  home.  Though  a  veri/  large  number  of 
our  English  words  are  derived  direct  from  the  Icelandic, 
yet  the  most  learned  and  indefatigable  of  our  lexicog- 
raphers, both  in  England  and  America,  have  ackno^vl- 
edged  their  ignorance  of  this  language.  , 

"The  Eddas  abound  in  mythological  machinery  to 
an  extent  quite  equal  to  the  writings  of  Homer  and 
Virgil." 

The  learned  German  writer  Schlegel,  in  his  "Es- 
thetics and  Miscellaneous  Works,"  says :  "  If  any  monu- 
ment of  the  primitive  northern  world  deserves  a  place 
amongst  the  earlier  remains  of  the  South,  the  Icelandic 
Edda  must  be  deemed  worthy  of  that  distinction.  The 
spiritual  veneration  for  Nature,  to  which  the  sensual 
Greek  was  an  entire  stranger,  gushes  forth  in  the  mys- 
terious language  and  prophetic  traditions  of  the  North- 
ern Edda  with  a  full  tide  of  enthusiasm  and  inspiration 
sufficient  to  endure  for  centuries,  and  to  supply  a  whole 
race  of  future  bards  and  poets  with  a  precious  and  ani- 
mating elixir.  The  vivid  delineations,  the  rich,  glowing 
abundance  and  animation  of  the  Homeric  pictures  of 
the  world,  are  not  more  decidedly  superior  to  the  misty 
scenes  and  shadowy  forms  of  Ossian,  than  the  Northern 
Edda  is  in  its  stiblimity  to  the  works  of  Hesiod." 

Prof.  Dr.  Deitrich  asserts  "  that  the  Scandinavian 
literature  is  extraordinarily  rich  in  all  kinds  of  writings." 

Hon.  George  P.  Marsh.  —  "It  must  suffice  to  re- 
mark that,  in  the  opinion  of  those  most  competent  to 


••  . 


11-2 


THE    SCAMUNAVIAN    LANGLAGES. 


judge,  the  Iceluiidic  literat.ure  has  never  been  surpassed, 
if  equaled,  in  all  that  gives  value  to  that  portion  of  his- 
tory which  consists  of  spirited  delineations  of  character 
and  faithful  and  lively  pictures  of  events  among  nations 
in  a  rude  state  of  society. 

"  That  the  study  of  the  Old  Northern  tongue  may 
have  an  important  bearing  on  English  grammar  and 
etymology,  will  be  obvious,  when  it  is  known  that  the 
Icelandic  is  most  closely  allied  to  the  Anglo-Saxon,  of 
which  so  few  monuments  are  extant;  and  a  slight 
examination  of  its  structure  and  remarkable  syntactical 
character  will  satisfy  the  reader  that  it  may  well  deserve 
the  attention  of  the  philologist." 

The  excellent  writer,  CnARLfzs  L.  Brace,  in  speak- 
ing of  Iceland,  says:  "The  Congress,  or  'Althing,'  of 
the  Icelanders,  had  many  of  the  best  political  features 
which  have  distinguished  parliamentary  government  in 
all  branches  of  the  Teutonic  race  since.  Every  free- 
holder voted  in  it,  and  its  decisions  governed  all  inferior 
courts.  It  tried  the  lesser  magistrates,  and  chose  the 
presiding  oflBccrs  of  the  colony. 

"To  this  remote  island  (Iceland)  came,  too,  that  re- 
markable profession,  who  were  at  once  the  poets,  his- 
torians, genealogists  and  moralists  of  the  Norse  race, 
the  Skalds.  These  men,  before  writing  was  much  in 
use,  handed  down  by  memory,  in  familiar  and  often 
alliterative  poetry,  the  names  and  deeds  of  the  brave 
Norsemen,  their  victories  on  every  coast  of  Europe, 
their  histories  and  passions,  and  wild  deaths,  their 
family  ties,  and  the  boundaries  of  their  possessions, 
their  adventures  and  voyages,  and  even  their  law  and 


■,.'ll 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANG    A0E8. 


113 


their  mythology.  In  fact,  all  that  history  and  legal  doc- 
umentr;,  and  genealogical  records  and  poetry  transmit 
now,  was  handed  down  by  these  bards  of  the  Norsemen. 
Iceland  bucarae  their  peculiar  center  and  home.  Here, 
in  bold  and  vivid  language,  they  recorded  in  works, 
which  posterity  will  never  let  die,  the  achievements  of 
the  Vikings,  the  conquest  of  almost  every  people  in 
Europe  hy  these  vigorous  pirates;  their  wild  ventures, 
their  contempt  of  pain  and  death,  their  absolute  joy  in 
danger,  combat  and  difficulty.  In  these,  the  oldest  re- 
cords of  our  (i.  e.,  the  Americans')  forefathers,  will  be 
found  even  among  these  wild  rovers  the  respect  for  law 
which  has  characterized  every  branch  of  the  Teutonic 
race  since;  liere,  and  not  in  the  Swiss  cantons,  is  the 
beginning  of  Parliament  and  Congress  ;  here,  and  not 
with  the  Anglo-Saxons,  is  the  foundation  of  trial  hy  jury; 
and  here,  among  their  most  ungoverned  wassail,  is  that 
high  reverence  for  woman,  which  has  again  come  forth  hy 
inheritance  among  the  Anglo- Norse  Americans.  The 
ancestors  (at  least  morally)  of  Raleigh  and  Nelson,  and 
Kane  and  Farragut,  appear  in  these  records,  among 
these  sea-rovers,  whose  passion  was  danger  and  venture 
waters.  Here,  too,  among  such  men  as  the 
Floki,'  is  the  prototype  of  those  American 
pioneers  who  follow  the  wild  birds  into  pathless  wilder- 
nesses to  found  new  republics.  And  it  is  the  Norse 
^'udal"  />/*6|per^/y,  not  the  European  feudal  property, 
tuhich  is  the  model  for  the  American  descendants  of  the 
ancient  Norseman. 

"  In  these  Icelandic  Sagas,  too,  is  portrayed  the  deep 
moral  sentiment  wliidi  characterizes  the  most  ancient 
mythology  of  the   Teutonic  races.     Here  we  liave  no 
5* 


on   the 
'  Raven 


114 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANOLAGE8. 


dissolute  Piiutlicoii,  with  gods  revelling  eternally  in 
earthly  vices,  and  the  evils  and  wrongs  of  humanity 
continued  forever.  Even  the  ghosts  of  the  Northmen 
havi.'  the  muscle  of  the  race ;  they  are  no  pale  shadows 
Hitting  through  the  Orcus.  The  dead  tight  and  eat  with 
the  vigor  of  the  living.  But  there  comes  a  dread  time 
when  destiny  overtakes  all,  both  human  and  divine 
beings,  and  the  universe  with  its  evil  and  wrong  must 
perish  (Ragnarokr).  Yet  even  the  crack  of  doom  lintls 
not  the  Norsemen  timid  or  fearing.  Gods  and  men  die 
in  the  heat  of  the  conflict;  and  there  survives  alone, 
Baldur,  the  '  God  of  Love,'  who  shall  create  a  new 
heaven  and  a  new  earth. 

"  It  is  from  Iceland  that  we  get  the  wonderful  poetic 
and  mythologic  collections  of  the  Elder  and  Younger 
Eddas.  In  this  remote  island  the  original  Norse  lan- 
guage was  preserved  more  purely  than  it  was  in  Norway 
or  Denmark,  and  the  Icelandic  literature  «hed  a  tlood  of 
light  over  a  dark  and  barbarous  age.  Even  now  the 
modern  Icelanders  can  read  or  repeat  their  most  ancient 
Sagas  with  but  little  change  of  dialect. 

"  But  to  an  American,  one  of  the  most  interesting 
gifts  of  Iceland  to  the  world  is  the  record  of  the  dis- 
covery of  Northern  America  by  Icelandic  rovers  (?)  near 
the  year  1000. 

"We  think  few  scliolars  can  carefully  read  these  Sagas, 
and  the  accompanying  in  regard  to  Greenland,  without 
a  conviction  that  the  Icelandic  and  Norwegian  Vikings 
did  at  that  early  period  discover  and  land  on  the  coast 
of  our  eastern  States.  *  *  *  -The  shortest  winter 
day  is  stated  with  such  precision  as  to  fix  the  lati- 
tude near  the  coast  of  Massachusetts  and  Rhode  Island. 


THE   SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUA0K8. 


115 


*  *  *   Icoluiul,  then,  has  the  honor  of  having  discovered 
America. 

"  Tiiat  volcanic-raised  island,  with  its  mountains  of 
ice  and  valleys  of  lava  and  ashes,  has  played  no  mean 
part  in  the  world's  history.'' — Christian  Union.,  July  15, 
lS7Jf. 

The  famous  George  Stepiiexs,  in  his  elaborate  work 
on  "Runic  Monuments,"  having  discussed  the  impor- 
tance of  studying  the  Scandinavian  languages  in  order 
that  many  of  our  fine  old  roots  may  again  creep  into 
circulation,  says:  "Let  us  (the  English)  study  the  Scan- 
dinavian languages,  and  ennoble  and  restore  our  mother 
tongue.  Let  the  Scandinavians  study  Old  Engli.sh  as 
well  as  their  own  ancient  records,  give  up  mere  provincial 
views,  and  melt  their  various  duilects  into  one  shining, 
rich,  sweet  and  manly  speech,  as  wc  have  done  in  Eng- 
land. Their  High  Northern  shall  then  live  forever,  the 
home  language  of  eight  millions  of  hardy  freemen,  our 
brothers  in  the  east  sea,  our  Warings  and  Guardsmen 
against  the  grasping  clutches  of  the  modern  Hun  and 
the  modern  Vandal.  The  time  may  come  when  the 
kingdom  of  Canute  may  l)e  restored  in  a  nobler  shai)e, 
when  the  bands  of  Sea-kings  shall  rally  round  one 
Northern  Union  standard,  when  one  scepter  shall  sway 
the  seas  and  coasts  of  our  forefathers  from  the  Thames 
to  the  North  Cape,  from  Finland  to  the  Eider. 

"  We  have  watered  our  mother  tongue  long  enough 
with  bastard  Latin  ;  let  us  now  brace  and  steel  it  with 
the  life-water  of  our  own  sweet  and  soft  and  rich  and 
shining  and  clear  ringing  and  manly  and  world-ranging, 
ever  dearest  English  ! " 


*,    • 


i.i;.. 

1.  :f' 


11 


110 


THE    SLANDINAVIAN    LANOLAOE8. 


In  his  preface  to  his  Icelandic  grammar,  Dr.  G.  W. 
Dasent  says:  "Putting  aside  the  study  of  Old  Norse 
for  the  sake  of  its  magnitieent  literature,  and  consider- 
ing it  merely  as  an  accessory  help  for  the  English  student, 
we  shall  tind  it  of  immense  advantage,  not  only  in  trac- 
ing the  rise  of  words  and  idioms,  but  still  more  in  clear- 
ing up  many  dark  points  in  our  early  history ;  in  fact, 
so  highly  do  I  value  it  in  this  respect,  that  I  cannot 
imagine  it  possible  to  write  a  satisfactory  history  of  the 
Anglo-Saxon  period  without  a  thorough  knowledge  of 
the  Old  Norse  literature." 

Dr.  Dasent,  in  his  introduction  to  Cleasby's  and 
Vigfusson's  Icelandic  Dictionary,  says  of  Iceland  :  "  No 
other  country  in  Europe  possesses  an  ancient  vernacular 
to  be  compared  with  this."  And  again:  "Whether  in 
a  literary  or  in  a  philological  point  of  view,  no  literature 
in  Europe  in  the  middle  ages  can  compete  in  interest 
with  that  of  Iceland.  It  is  not  certainly  in  forma  pau- 
peris that  she  appears  at  the  tribunal  of  learning."  In 
another  place  ho  remarks :  "  In  it  (the  Dictionary)  the 
English  student  now  possesses  a  key  to  that  rich  store  of 
knowledge  which  the  early  literature  of  Iceland  possesses. 
He  may  read  the  Eddas  and  Sagas,  which  contain  sources 
of  delight  and  treasures  of  learning  such  as  no  other 
language  but  that  of  Iceland  possesses." 

The  distinguished  German  scholar,  Ettmuller,  in 
comparing  the  literature  of  the  Anglo-Saxons  with  that 
of  the  Icelanders,  says:  "NeitL..r  the  Goths,  nor  the 
Germans,  nor  the  French,  can  be  compared  with  the 
Anglo-Saxons  in  the  cultivation  of  letters.  By  the  Scan- 
dinavians  aloiie,  they  are  not  only  equaled,  but  also  sur- 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


117 


'l- 


passed  in  literature."  Amla.c;ain:  "If  the  Scandinavians 
excel  in  lyric  poetry,  the  Anglo-Saxons  can  boast  of  their 
epic  poetry.  If  the  famous  island  in  the  remote  North- 
ern Sea  applied  itself  with  distinguished  honor  to  his- 
torical studies,  the  isle  of  tlie  Anglo-Saxons  is  especially 
entitled  to  praise  from  the  fact  that  it  produced  orators, 
who,  considering  the  time  in  wliich  tliey  lived,  were  de- 
cidedly excellent." 

Max  Muller,  in  his  "Science  of  Language,"  says: 
"There  is  a  third  stream  of  Teutonic  speech,  which  it 
would  be  impossible  to  place  in  any  but  a  co-ordinate 
position  with  regard  to  Gothic,  Low  and  Iligii  German. 
This  is  the  Scamiinacian  branch." 

In  Wheaton's  "History  of  the  No-  ihmen,"  we  find 
the  following  passages:  "The  Icelanders  cherished  and 
cultivated  the  language  and  literature  of  their  ancestors 
with  remarkable  success.  *  *  *  in  Iceland  an 
independent  literature  grew  up,  flourished,  and  was 
brought  to  a  certain  degree  of  perfection  before  the  re- 
vival of  learning  in  the  south  of  Europe.''' 

Robert  Buchanan,  the  eminent  English  writer,  in 
reviewing  the  modern  Scandinavian  literature,  says: 
"  While  German  literature  darkens  under  the  malignant 
star  of  Deutschthum,  wliile  French  art,  sickening  of  its 
long  disease,  crawls  like  a  leper  through  the  light  and 
wholesome  world,  while  all  over  the  European  continent 
one  wan  influence  or  another  asserts  its  despair-engen- 
dering sway  over  books  and  men,  whither  shall  a  be- 
wildered student  fly  for  one  deep  breath  of  pure  air  and 
wholesome  ozone  ?     Goethe  and  Heine  have  sung  their 


lili 


118 


THE   SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


!;Ih 


ill 


l# 


best  —  and  worst;  Alfred  de  Musset  is  dead,  and  Victor 
Hugo  is  turned  politician.  Grillparzer  is  still  a  mystery, 
thanks  partly  to  the  darkening  medium  of  Carlyle's 
hostile  critii  m.  From  the  ashes  of  Teutonic  tran- 
scendentalism rises  Wagner  like  a  Pha-nix, —  a  bird  too 
uncommon  for  ordinary  comprehension,  but  to  all  in- 
tents and  purposes  an  anomaly  at  best.  One  tires  of 
anomalies,  one  sickens  of  politics,  one  shudders  at  the 
petticoat  literature  tirst  created  at  Weimar;  and  looking 
east  and  west,  ranging  with  a  true  invalids  hunger  the 
literary  horizon,  one  searches  for  something  more  natu- 
ral, for  some  form  of  indigenous  and  unadorned  love- 
liness, wherewith  to  fleet  the  time  pleasantly,  as  they 
did  in  the  golden  world. 

"  That  something  may  be  found  without  traveling 
very  far.  Turn  northward,  in  the  footsteps  of  Teufels- 
drochk,  traversing  the  great  valleys  of  Scandinavia,  and 
not  halting  until,  like  the  philosopher,  you  look  upon 
'that  slowly  heaving  Polar  Ocean,  over  which  in  the 
utmost  north  the  great  sun  hangs  low.'  Quiet  and  peace- 
ful lies  Norway  yet  as  in  the  world's  morning.  The 
flocks  o"  summer  tourists  alight  upon  her  shores,  and 
scatter  themselves  to  their  numberless  stations,  without 
disturbing  the  peaceful  serenity  of  her  social  life.  *  *  * 
The  government  is  a  virtual  democracy,  such  as  would 
gladden  the  heart  of  Gambetta,  the  Swedish  monarch's 
rule  over  Norway  being  merely  titular.  There  are  no 
hereditary  nobles.  There  is  no  'gag'  on  the  press. 
Science  and  poetry  alike  flourish  on  this  free  soil.  The 
science  is  grand  as  Nature  herself,  cosmic  as  well  as 
microscopic.  The  poetry  is  fresli,  light,  and  pellucid, 
worthy  of  the  race,  and  altogether  free  from  Parisian 
taint.'' 


THE    SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


119 


11 


"  Bjohnstjerne  Bjornson,*  one  of  the  most  emi- 
nent of  living  Norwegian  autliors,  is  something  more 
than  even  the  finest  pastoral  taleteller  of  this  generation. 
He  is  a  dramatist  of  extraordinary  power.  He  does  not 
possess  the  power  of  imaginative  fancy  shown  by  Werge- 
landf  (in  such  pieces  as  Jan  van  Huysums  Blomsier- 
stykke),  nor  Welhaven's|  refinement  of  phrase,  nor  the 
wild,  melodious  abandon  of  his  greatest  rival,  the  author 
of  Peer  Gyut ;\\  but,  to  my  thinking  at  least,  he  stands 
as  a  poet  in  a  far  higher  rank  than  any  of  these  writers. 

"  In  more  than  one  respect,  particularly  in  the  loose, 
disjointed  structure  of  the  piece,  'Sigurd  Slembe'  re- 
minds one  of  Goethe's '  Goetz,'  but  it  deals  witli  materials 
far  harder  to  assimilate,  and  is  on  the  whole  a  finer 
picture  of  romantic  manners.  Audhild  (a  prominent 
character  in  'Sigurd  Slembe')  is  a  creation  worthy  of 
Goethe  at  his  best;  worthy,  in  my  opinion,  to  rank  with 
Cla3rchen,  Marguerite  and  Mignon  as  a  masterpiece  of 
delicate  characterization.  And  here  I  may  observe,  inci- 
dentally, that  Bjornson  excels  in  his  pictures  of  delicate 

*  BjOrnstjekne  Hj()UNson  was  horn  in  1832;  has  written  several  novels, 
dramas  and  epic  poems.  '•Sigurd  Slenibe"  is  a  drama,  published  in  18(13,  of 
which  Robert  Buchauiin  says:  "It  is,  besides  being  a  masterpiece  by  its 
author,  a  drama  of  which  any  living  European  author  might  be  justly  proud." 
Several  of  hfs  novels,  including  "Arne,"  "A  Happy  Boy,"  "The  Fisher- 
maiden."  have  been  translated  into  English. 

t  IIknrik  Arnolii  Wkroelanu  was  born  in  1808,  and  died  in  184.').  He  is 
the  Byron  of  the  North.  His  works  comprise  nine  ponderous  volumes.  He 
excelled  in  lyrics. 

t  John  Sebastian  Welhaven,  born  in  1807.  died  in  1873.  Remarkable  for 
the  elegance  and  chasteness  of  his  style.  No  jjoet  has  more  l)eautitiilly  and 
correctly  described  the  natural  scenery  of  Norway. 

I!  The  author  of  ''Peer  Oi/nf  is  IIknrik  Ibskn.  born  in  1828.  Was  en- 
gaged by  Ole  Bull  as  instructor  at  the  theatre  in  Bergen,  which  position  he 
occupied  six  years.  He  has  written  several  dramatic  works,  chiefly  of  a 
polemic  and  exceedingly  satirical  nature.  Many  of  his  countrymen  prefer 
Ibsen  to  Bjornson.    His  last  work  is    •  Kelser  oy  GalUoier.^'' 


«. 


120 


THE   SCANDINAVIAN    LANGUAGES. 


feminine  types,— a  proof,  if  proof  were  wanting,  that  he 
is  worthy  to  take  rank  with  the  highest  class  of  poetic 
creators." 

I  might  add  to  the  above  quotations  from  Max  Miil- 
ler,the  brothers  Grimm  and  many  other  eminent  writers; 
but  in  the  first  place  this  article  is  long  enough,  and  in 
the  next  place  the  works  of  the  last  named  authors  are 
accessible  to  all  who  may  wish  to  investigate  this  sub- 
ject further.  My  object  has  been  to  show  that,  in  the 
opinion  of  those  who  have  studied  the  subject,  the  North 
has  a  history,  language  and  literature  descv-'ng  and 
amply  rewarding  some  attention  from  American  stu- 
dents. Of  the  good  or  ill  performance  of  this  task  the 
reader,  whom  I  earnestly  request  carefully  to  consider 
the  contents  of  these  pages,  must  be  the  judge. 


/      / 


ii 


BIBLIOGEAPHY 


op  THE 


PRE-COLUMBIAN  DISCOFERIES  OF  AMERICA. 


By  PAUL  BARRON  WATSOX. 


These  notes  were  begun  a«  an  introduction  to  a  tJiesis  prepare.]  under 
Ur.  Ji,merton,  in  one  of  the  liistory  courses  at  Harvard  Colh^rv  Tlic  proKcni 
essay  is  intended  as  a  complete  bibliography  of  those  claims^to  the  discovery 
of  America  before  Columbus  which  are  based  upon  doc.unentary  evidence 
Ihese  claims  are  nine  in  number-Chinese  (49«),  Northmm  (im^UW)' 
Arabs  (about  1125),  Welsh  ,11T0>,  Venetians  (1380),  Portuguese  ,1463),  Pol..; 
(14,6),  Martin  Behaim  (1483),  and  Cousin  of  I)i..ppc  ^1488).  The  order  of 
arrangement  is  strictly  chronological.  The  following  abbreviations  have 
been  used:  A:  Augustus;  B:  Benjamin;  C:  Charles:  T):  David:  E:  Edward- 
P :  Frederick    G :  George ;  H :  Henry ;  I :  I.aac :  J  :  John  :  K :  Karl :  L :  Lou 

f  W  w-^i-  "'"""' ^  ""=  """"^  ''■  ''''''■■  ''■  '^■■^■'""•'1=  S:  Samuel;  T:  Thorn! 
as,  W  .  William;  and  for  the  corresponding  forms  of  these  names  in  other 
languages  3:  71  means  that  vol.  3,  p.  71.  of  the  work  mentioned  relates  to  the 
present  subject  The  following  libraries  have  be.m  consulted,  and  in  the  fol- 
lowing order:   Harvard  College  Library  ,//.),  Boston  Public  Library  (BP) 

?"h  «"Kf  m'"'"""^'^^-^''^"''''"'-"''"^""  I'ibrary  (671),  British  Museum  (iiJ/.i 
and  Bibliotheque  Nationale  (BN.) 


I.     DISCOVERY  BY  THE  CIIIXESE. 

/.//^rf '*  A^^f  ^^^^^%J<'<ifme  Royale  des  InHcripHouH  et  Belles- 
^e«/t\s      MciiDircs  de  litteratm-o.    Paris.  1761.    28- 500-5'^')     BP 

^Ml'tliulg,^.  "'^"^^^^^^^  ^-  ^"^^  ^^-  -^^-  ^l^  rA.nciri.iu.; 

whi?^^.S',:;^.S;rlo  i;ir  ,Si^::  ^^s^^tVc^^;^;^:^:;'  ^tt\ 

IsJl 


122       PRE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


Nouvelles  annales  des  voyages.  Palis.  1831.  2(1  sor.,  21: 
53-08.  JI.  Rechoirlios  sur  ]e  pays  de  Fou  Sa'i^';  par  11:  J.  von 
Klaproth. 

Gives  the  story  of  the  Chinese  priest  in  full,  with  a  chart.  lie  thinks  it 
impossihle  that  Foil  Sang  was  a  part  of  America,  and  gives  his  reasons  at  con- 
siderable length. 

Dupaix,  GiiJllaume.  Antiquites  mexicaines.  Paris,  1834.  1: 
119-130.  BA.  Recherehes  sur  les  antiquites  do  I'Anierique  du 
Nord  et  de  I'Ainerique  du  Sud,  par  D :  Bailie  Warden. 

A  long  discussion  of  the  Chinese  claim.    Favorable. 

Nipon  o  dai  itsi  ran.  [A  French  translation,  by  I:  Tetsingh, 
under  the  title  of  "Annales  des  enipereurs  du  Japon,"  witli  an 
'*A])er<;u  de  I'liistoire  niyth(»lo^i(|Ue  du  Japon"  by  11:  Julius  von 
Klaproth.     Paris.  1834.     pp.  iv-ix.     //.] 

Klaproth  hen-  (iisciisses  (piite  fully  the  claim  of  De  GuigncB,  and  tliinks 
that  there  is  no  trutii  in  tiie  story. 

Humboldt,  F:  H:  Alexander  von.     Examen  critique  de  I'liis- 
toire de  la  geographic  du  nouveau  continent. 
84.     //. 


Paris,  1837.     3:02- 


IIuinl)oWt  discusses  very  completely  the  (iiiestion  of  the  discovery  of 
America  Ijy  the  (;liinesi'.  lie  grants  that  tlie  luoiinnu^nts,  divisions  of  time 
and  several  myths  of  tlie  former  inhul)itaiits  df  America  otTer  a  striking  anal- 
ogy to  the  customs  of  eastern  Asia,  hut  yet  asserts  that  J)e  (iuigm^s  is  mrs- 
talieii  in  announcing  that  the  Cliinese  have  known  of  Amerii:a  since  tiie  llftii 
century  of  our  era.  He  refers,  in  siijjport  of  his  portion,  to  the  article  by 
Kla])roth. 

Neumann,  F;  K:  (A  ti'aet  written  in  1841.  in  German,  on  the 
discovery  of  America.)  [An  English  Iranslalion,  by  V:  G.  Leland, 
published  in  "The  Knickerbocker."  New  York,  1850,  30:301-320. 
under  the  title  of  '  California  and  Mexico  in  the  fifth  century."  //.] 

Makes  severiil  remarks  al)out  America  in  the  fiftli  century,  taking  as  his 
autliorities  tlie  (^'iiinese  liistories  wliicli  contain  references  to  lauds  wliidi  he 
tliiid\s  to  be  a  part  of  America.  This  liook  contains,  among  other  things,  tlie 
account  of  Iloel-Shin,  in  wliicli  tlu;  author  fully  believes. 

Colombo,  Cristoforo.  Select  letters;  edited  by  R:  11:  Major. 
(Ilaklnyt  Society.)     London,  1847.     pp.  xi-xii.     //. 

The  iutrciiiiction,  by  R:  II:  Major,  gives  the  account  of  the  Chinese  priest, 
witli  the  names  of  the  diief  writers  upon  the  suuject. 

Rivero,  IMariano  E:,  loid  Tschudi,  J:  Jakob  von.  Peruvian 
nntiipiities.   [An  English  translation.   N.Y.,  1853.   pp.  10-17.  JJP] 

Speaks  of  the  Cliinese  claim,  which  he  regards  as  probable. 

Domenech,  Em.,  Vdlibf.  S(!ven  years'  residence  in  the  great 
deserts  of  North  America.     London,  1800.     1:50-52.     Bl\ 


PEE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVEKIES    OF    AMERICA.        123 


Speaks  of  the  claim  of  the  Chinese,  and  says  that  Fusang  has  been  proved 
by  Paravey  to  bi;  Mexico. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  C :  ^tienne,  Ta^^f'.  Popol  Vnli.   Paris, 
1861.     pj).  xxxix-xli.     H. 

Favorable. 

Continental    monthly.     N.Y.  and   Boston.   1863,   April,   pp.   ^ 
391-393,  and  May,  pp.  530-534.     II.     The  Chinese  discovery  of 
Mexico  in  the  fifth  century,  by  C :  G.  Leland. 

GivcH  the  account  of  the  BiuldluKt  i)riest,  and  expre88e8  the  opinion  that 
the  story  Is*  true,  and  that  he  visited  Mexico. 


Revue    archeologique.      Paris,   1864-05. 
370-385;  11:43-49,  273-29 >.     //. 


n.s.,   10:  188-301, 


In  tliis  article,  by  Gustavc  dKichthnl,  the  question  of  the  (')iinese  is  dis- 
cussed very  fully.  In  till'  llrst  i)art  tlie  article  of  I)e(tuinncs,  wliich  dKiditlial 
considers  conclusive,  is  analyzed;  the  second  treats  of  the  manner  in  \vhi(;h 
Buddhism  is  modified  ami  propagated;  the  third  gives  a  rt'sume  of  tlie  (obser- 
vations of  Humboldt  on  the  civilization  of  Asia  and  America;  and  tlu'  .onrth 
treats  of  the  presence  of  Buddhism  ann)ng  the  North  American  Indians. 

Gentleman's  magazine.  London,  1809.  n.s.,  3:333-335.  //. 
The  discovery  of  America  hy  the  Chinese,  by  C:  Welles. 

liaises  the  cpiestion  whether  the  Chinese  did  not  discover  America  before 
Columbus.  III?  gives  the  account  of  lloef-Shin,  wliich  he  seems  to  believe. 
This  article  was  reprinted  in  the  "  Historical  magazine,"'  Morrisania,  IHtii),  ad 
8.,  11:2^1)- 221. 


Notes    and   queries   on   China   and   Japan. 

1869-70.     BP. 


Ilonfj^   Kong, 


Y.  .1.  N.,  .3:  .58,  says  he  has  seen  in  a  home  i)aper  that  Neumann  has  fouiul 
that  some  Buddhist  pri(!sts  have  discovered  Anu'rica.  The  writer  lu-gs  to 
submit  it  to  further  eiuiuiry.  Tlu'os.  Samjison,  .•^:  T8-7!l,  attempts  to  show  that 
the  Buddhist  priest  did  not  discover  America.  S.,-!:  I!*,  says  that  M.  Li'on  ilt? 
Kosny  asserts  that  in  Fusang  deer  and  coppc'r  are  found.  The  writer  argues 
from  this  tliat  Fusang  must  be  in  the  Arctic  regions  of  America. 

Chinese  recorder  and  missionary  journal.     Fonchow.  Oct.. 

1870.   Fusang,  or  who  discovered  America,  l)y  Vi.  Pretschneider.    //. 

A  very  learned  and  exhaustive  article  favorable  to  the  Chinese  claim. 
Reprinted  in  Leland's  "Fusang." 

Rosny,  Leon  de.    Varietes  orient  ales.     T'aris,  1873.    p.  80.    H. 
A  brief  description  of  Fiisang  is  here  givi'n. 

Galaxy.  N.Y.,  1875.  20:513-514.  //.  Claims  to  the  dis- 
covery of  America,  by  J:  T.  Short. 

Discusses  at  considerable  length  the  Chinese  claim,  and  adds,  "Wi>  are 
more  disi)osed  to  give  credence  to  the  llieory  that  the  Ciiinese  discovered 
America  at  a  very  early  day  than  to  attach  much  imi)ortance  to  the  particular 
account  of  that  discovery  by  llocI-Shin." 


\m 


M 


h> 


124       PRP>COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


Leland,  C :  G.  Piisanj;^,  or  the  discovery  of  America  by  Chinese 
Buddhist  priests  in  the  flftli  century.     London,  1875.     UP. 

Contents.  Profnco:  Memoir  of  Prof.  C":  F:  Xeninaiin;  Nurrativp  of  HoeV- 
Shiii,  Willi  contents  Ijy  Prof.  Neninann:  Reniari<s  on  tlie  text  of  Prof.  Neu- 
mann; Letter  from  Col.  Barclay  Kennon  on  the  navi^jation  of  the  Xorth 
Pacilic  Ocean;  American  antiquities,  with  their  relations  to  the  Old  World; 
Advocates  and  opponents  of  the  narrative  of  Hoel-Shin;  Latest  discussion  of 
Fusany;  Appendix;  Index. 

The  narrative  of  Hoei-Shin  liere  given  is  a,  translation  of  Neumann's 
work.  The  letter  from  Col.  Kennon  expresses  the  oi)inion  tliat  the  alleged 
voyage  of  the  liuddhist  i)riest  is  easily  practicable.  Leland  speaks  of  the 
similarity  between  tlie  Dakota  and  Asiatic  languages,  and  thinks  this  shows 
that  the  Dakota  tribe  came  originally  from  Asia.  lie  does  not  tliink  tiiat  the 
liuddhist  i)riest  came  in  conflict  with  the  Mound-Builders,  l)ut  believes  that 
he  visited  .Mexico.  Tiiis  book  contains  a  very  complete  summary  of  the  views 
of  dillerent  writers. 

Congres  International  des  Americanistes.  Comptc-rendu 
dc  hi  1«  session.     Nancy  iind  Paris,  1875.     1 :  114-1G3.     BP. 

In  this  article,  by  Lucien  Adam,  the  question  of  the  Chinese  claim  is 
treated  at  considerable  length,  with  the  advocates  of  which  claim  the  writer 
agrees.  A  map  of  the  route  of  the  Chinese  and  engravings  of  some  bas-reliefs 
are  added. 

Bryant,  W:  Cidlcii,  and  Gay,  Sidney  Howard.  Popuhtr  liis- 
tory  of  the  United  States.     N.Y.,  1870.  '  1 :  85-87.     //. 

Gives  the  account  of  the  Buddhist  ])riest,  ref<'rring  to  Humboldt  and 
Leland  as  his  authorities.  After  discussing  briefly  the  probability  that  the 
story  is  true,  he  says  that  it  is  too  indefinite. 

Bancroft,  Hubert  Howe.  Tlie  native  races  of  tlie  Pacific  states 
of  North  Aiiiciica.     N.Y.,  187G.     5:33-;S7.     //. 

The  account  of  Iloet-Shin  is  here  given  in  full,  with  the  authorities  upon 
which  it  rests.  The  autlior  does  not  express  any  opinion  on  the  subject,  but 
gives  (piotations  from  some  of  its  supporters  and  oi)ponents. 

Short,  J:  T.  The  North  Americans  of  antiquity.  N.Y..  1879. 
pp.  148-151.     //. 

Same  views  as  those  expressed  by  the  author  in  the  "Galaxy."  1875. 

Williams,  S:  Wells.  Notices  of  Pu-sanjj;  and  othtir  countries 
lying  east  of  China,  in  the  Pacific  Ocean.     New  Haven,  1881. 

Unfavorable;  written  to  controvert  Lelnnd's  publications;  contains  trans- 
lations from  the  anti(iUiiriai)  researciies  of  MaTwan-lin,  in  the  l.Sth  and  14th 
centuries,  but  identilies  his  "I'^u-sang"  with  the  "Loo-cl'oo"  Islands  rather 
than  with  America.  This  article  was  also  pnolished  in  the  "Journal  of  the 
American  Oriental  Society,"  v.  11,  1881. 


lii  ! 


II.     DISCOVERY  BY  THE  NORTHMEN. 

Adamus  Bremensis.  Gesta  Hainmaburgensis  Ecclesiae  Pontifl- 
cura.  Written  in  1075.  [Published  at  Hamburg,  184G,  in  v.  7  of 
Pertz,  "Monunienta  Germaniae  historica,"  cap.  247.     //.] 


PKE-COLUMIilAN    DISCOVEKIES    OF    AMEKICA. 


125 


'Ml 


Snys  Hint  Swcyn  Estrythnon,  KiiiRof  Dcninnrk,  told  him  of  a  Innd  in  the 
ocean,  called  Wiiilinid;  that  it  was  so  called  because  viin's  grew  wild  tlierc, 
from  which  an  excellent  wine  was  obtained. 

Ordericus  Vitalis.  Ilistoriiic  Ecclcsiasticao  lil)ri  trcdecim. 
Written  about  1140.     [An  edition,  Paris,  1852.     4:520.    //.] 

Says  that  the  Orcades  and  Finland,  as  well  aw  Iceland,  Greenland  and 
several  other  lauds,  even  in  Uolland,  are  subject  to  the  king  of  Norway,  This 
Fiiiland  is  perhaps  Vinlaiid. 

Snorri  Sturleson.  IR'iinskriiif,da.  Written  in  1215.  [Anl^lnp:- 
lish  translation,  with  proliniinarv  dissertation,  by  S:  Ijainjf.  London, 
1844,  under  the  title  of  '-The  Sea  Kings  of  Norway."  1 :  141-187, 
4G5;  3:344-301.     //.] 

Chap.  5  is  devoted  to  the  discovery  of  (ireenland  and  America  l)y  the 
Northmen,  in  which  the  author  fully  believes.  Two  engraving's  of  the  i)i!ih- 
tou  Uock  are  added  At  1:4(1."),  the  chronicle!  says  that  I.eif  ••found  Vinlaud 
the  Ciood."  Here  Laiug  remarks:  "There  are  eight  chapters  here  in  I'er- 
ingskiold's  edition  of  the  Heiuiskringla  which  ridale  to  the  discovery  of  Vin- 
land,  and  are  taken  from  the  Codex  Flatoyensis,  but  are  not  in  tiie  manuscripts 
of  the  Ilelmskriugla  known  to  the  Danish  anti<|uaries.  Tlu'y  are  suijuo-cd  to 
have  been  an  interpolalion  in  the  manuscript  which  Peringskiold  luul  Itefore 
him,  but  which  is  not  to  be  found."  In  ;i:;i4'l-;J()l,  these  eight  chapters  are 
translated  in  full. 

Grotius,  Hugo.  De  origine  gentium  Amerioanarum  disser- 
tatio.  Ainst.,  1643.  [An  ed.  pub.  in  Petrus  Albiniis'  '•('oin- 
mentatio  de  lingiiis  peregriiiis  at([uc  insiilis  ignotis."  Vitebergae, 
1714.     p.  39.     BM. 

Says  he  thinks  that  almost  all  those  people  about  the  Isthmus  of  Pana, 
are  descended  from  the  Norwegians;  but  it  appears  to  have  been  merely  hia 
conjecture. 

Laet,  J:  dt>.  Xotae  ad  dissertationein  Hngonis  Grotii  de 
origine  gentiiun  Aniericanaruin.     Parisiis,  1643.    pp.  1(11-103.    .//. 

Says  that,  in  1121,  Erik  went  in  search  of  the  island  of  Vinlaud,  and  died 
in  the  attempt,  and  that  in  1000  Leif,  Krik's  son,  convi'rted  (ireenland  to 
Christianity.  Laet  opposes  Grotius"  oi)iuion  that  America  was  peopled  by 
the  Norwegians,  but  it  does  not  seem  to  occur  to  him  that  Vniland  was  a  part 
of  America.  • 


Montanus,    Arnoldiis.     De 
Amst.,  1671.     p.  38-31.     IL 


nieuwe    en    onbekende    weereld. 


Favorable. 


Rudbeck    Olf.     At  hind  eller  Manheini.  Atlantica  sive  Man- 
heim.     Upsalao.  1689.     1:391-292.     JiM. 

Says  that  Adamns  Brcmcnsis  is  mistaken  in  asserting  tin  existence  of  a 
place  called  Vinland. 

Oampanius,  T:,  of  Holm.     Kort    beskrifiiing  oni    prnvincien 
Nya  Swerige  uti  America.     Stockholm,  1703.     [English  trunsla- 


^ 


\*< 


126       PRE-COLUMIJIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


tioii.   iiiKler  the  title  of   "  Doscriittioii  of  the   Proviiuc  of  New 
Sweden,"  by  P:  S.  du  Ponceau.     Phila.,  18.'}4.     pp.  28-;]l.     //.] 

Gives  briefly  the  account  of  tlic  Northmen,  which  the  author  is  Inclined 
to  believe. 

Torfaeus,  'rhonuodus.  Ilistoriii  Vinhindiue  ivntiqiiae.  Havniae, 
1705.     JI. 

Contains  a  coninlote  history  of  tlic  discovery  of  Vinland,  as  talton  from 
MSS.  found  in  the  lll)raries  of  tlie  Nortli.  Tiie  nutlior  docs  not  attempt  to 
identify  tlu'  phiccs,  except  tliut  Vinland  was  in  North  America. 

Torfaeus,  Thorinodns.  Gronlandia  iinti(|ua.  Ilaviiiae,  1700. 
[An  edition,  Havniae,  1715.     Chap.  3:  10-17.     BP.] 

(Jives  the  following  extract  from  Ari:— "Indc  colligi  potest,  id  genus 
{fonteui  illic  permeasse,  quae  Vinlandiam  incoluit,  quam  Graeiilandi  Skrac- 
llntjia  appellant." 

Mallet,  Paul  II:  Introduction  a  Thistoire  de  Danneniarc. 
Copenliaj^en,  175.").  [An  Knji^li.sh  translation,  under  the  title  of 
"Northern  antitpiities,"  v.  1:  ch.  11.     //.] 

After  diseussinj;  at  considerable  lenKtli  the  discovery  of  America,  he  says, 
"There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  th(>  Norwci^ian  (Jreenlanders  discovered  the 
American  continent;  tliat  the  placi;  wiiere  tliey  settled  was  either  the  country 
of  Labrador  or  Newfoundland,  and  that  their  colony  subsisted  there  a  goo<l 
while."  In  an  edition  by  .1.  A.  Blackwell,  Loudon,  184".  pp.  244-276,  the 
"Anti(|uirates  Americaniu"  has  been  made  use  of,  and  much  additional  infor- 
mation is  given. 

Orantz,  D:  Ifistorie  von  Gn'mland.  Barby  1705.  [An  Eng- 
lish translation.     London,  1707.     1:241-357.     Bl\] 

" 'Tis  probable  that  those  Indians  at  present  abont  Newfoundland,  who 
are  so  very  diflferent  in  their  shape  and  manner  of  I'.ving  from  the  otiior 
Americans',  may  be  descended  from  the  Xortlimen." 

Schoning,  Gerhard.  Norjjes  Rigcs  historic.  Soroe,  1709. 
[An  edition  published  by  P:  F:  Suhin,  Kjobenhavn,  1781.  3: 
414-4'?3.     //.] 

Gives  The  discovery  of  Vinland  at  considerable  length,  and  believes  it  to 
be  a  part  of  America. 

FrankUn,  B:  Letter  to  Mr.  iMather,  July  7,  1773.  {In.  ?m 
Works,  ed.  by  Jarcd  Si)arks.  Bo.^on,  1839.     8:'  08-09.     //.) 

Says  that  Kalm,  about  35  years  since,  drew  u))  a  note  of  the  discovery  of 
America  by  the  Northmen,  and  gave  it  to  him.  /rnuklin  adds  that  "tlie" cir- 
cumstances give  the  account  a  irreat  appearance  of  authenticity."  lie  tliinks, 
too,  that  the  country  they  visited  was  southward  of  New  England. 

Burnet,  James  [Ijord  Monboddo].  Of  the  origin  and  progre.ss 
of  language.  Edin.,  1773.  [2d  ed.  Edin.  1774.  pp.  590-591, 
note.    11.  ^ 

Favorable.  - 


PUE-COLUMUIAN    DISCOVKIilES    OF    AMERICA. 


127 


Robertson,  \V ;  Ilistorv  of  Aiucrica.  IjdikIou.  1777.  1:  438 
-4;3».     H. 

In  note  xvii,  Uolxn-tson  confesses  lu«  iimhility  to  cxaniinp  tho  literature 
of  the  Nortli.  und  il<)ul)ts  tlie  truth  of  thi!  s.orv  ;  but  thinks,  tluit.  if  liie  Nor- 
we^^iiiuH  lanileil  in  Amuricii  at  all,  tliey  probably  did  so  at  Newfoundlantl. 

Sprengel,  Matlliiiis  Christian,  (k'seiiichle  tier  Eiiropiior  in 
NonhiiMcrii^a.     Leipzig,  ITS'-i,     jip.  12!)-i;i(».     H. 

Favorable;  thinks  they  went  as  far  south  as  North  Carolina. 

Filson,  J :  The  iliscovory,  settloiiiont,  and  present  state  of 
Kentucky.     Wihnington,  1784.     pi).  94-95.     //. 

Here  the  author  mentions  tliiit  the  Danes  are  recorded  to  have  discovered 
a  land  (railed  Vinland;  he  adds,  " 'i'lic  remains  of  this  eolony  are  probably  to 
be  found  on  the  coast  of  Labrador.  ' 

Porster,  ,T;  ReinhoMt.  Geschiclile  der  Entdeekiingen  nnd 
Schiiralu'ten  ini  Xorden.  Fntnivrtirl,  1784,  [An  Englisli  Inuis- 
hition,  innhn"  tiie  title  of  "Ilistorv  of  vovages  and  discoveries  in 
tho  North."     London,  178G.     pp.  44-88.  '  //.  | 

Forster  ^ivcs  the  account  of  the  Xortliiueu,  and  thinks  that  Vinland  was 
in  Newfoundland  or  on  tho  coast  north  of  the  8t.  Lawrence. 

Pennant,  T:  Introduction  to  tiie  Arctic  zoiHogy.  London, 
1787.     [3d  ed.,  London,  1792.     pp.  204-205.     //.J 

Favorable. 

American  muiiaeum.  Phila.,  1789.  0:  159-163.  //.  Ac- 
counts of  the  discovery  of  Vinlaixl,  or  America,  by  tho  Iceland- 
ers, in  the  lltli  century,  taken  from  ^lallet's  Northern  antiquities, 
volinne  1. 

A  translation  of  a  part  of  the  account  ^ivon  by  Mallet.  It  was  to  have 
been  continued,  but  apparently  was  not. 

Belknap,  -leremv.  American  hio:j:rapiiy.  Boston,  1794.  1: 
47-58.     //. 

Belknai)  takes  his  account  entirely  from  l'ontoi)i)i(lan.  C'rantz  and  Fors- 
ter. Ills  oi)inion  is:  •■'I'hou^di  we  can  come  to  no  ])()sit!ve  conclusion  in  a 
question  of  such  antii|uity,  yet  there  are  many  circumstances  to  conilrm,  and 
none  to  disjjrove,  the  relation  j;iven  of  the  voyaj^es  of  Hiron." 

Egger,s,  II:  P:  von.  Ueher  die  wahre  lage  des  alten  Ostgriin- 
lands.     Kiel,  1794.     pp.  84-90.     //. 

Uncertain. 

Pritsch,  J :  Gottloh.  Disptitatio  his(()rico-googra])hica  in  cpia 
quaeritur  utriiin  veteres  American!  noveriiit  neciie.  t'lir.  licgiiit., 
1790.     pp.  17-31.     H. 

Contains  a  brief  account  of  the  discovery  of  America  by  the  Northmen. 


l1, 


128       I'KE-COLUMlilAN    DISCOVKKIKS    OF    AMERICA. 


Tho  niithor  believer'  Unit  the  Htory  in  true,  and  tliink><  that  tlioy  landed  in 
Canada  or  Carolina. 

Boucher  de  la  Richarderie,  (rillos.  Bil)liotlii!tiui;  uiiiversolle 
(les  voyages.     I'mis,  1808.     1:48-51,      //. 

Glvi'H  a  ))artial  l)il)IioRra|)liy  of  tlio  dlscovuricH  of  t\n-  Northmen,  with  n 
brief  account,  of  flic  discovery  of  V  in  land. 

Annales  de.s  voyages.  Paris.  1810.  10:  50-87.  //.  Tableau 
liisl()ii(|iie  ties  (lecoiive.rlcs  geograpli  1(^1168  des  Seaiulinuves  on  Nor- 
iiiaiids,  par  i\!alle-(?riui. 

In  favor  of  ilu'  dlHcoviiy  of  America  by  the  Northmen.  Contains  an 
exact  copy  of  tlic  map  of  the  Zcno  brotliern,  with  one  ehawing  the  discov- 
erie«  of  tiic  Noi  dinuii. 


Ilistorv  of  North  Carolina.     IMiila.,  1812. 


Williamson,  Hugh. 
1:  4-8,  2l;{-215.     Ji. 

Speaks  of  the  disco\cry  of  America  by  the  Northmen  as  an  established 
fact,  and  f,'ives  the  account  at  some  lem;th,  referring;  to  Mallei  and  Torfieus. 

Pinkerton,  -T:  A  general  collection  of  tho  best  and  most  inter- 
esting voyages  and  travels  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  London,  1814. 
17:  xxiii-xxiv,     //. 

The  Northmen  "discovered  Vinland,  which  seems  to  have  been  a  part  of 
Newfoundland." 

McCuUock,  .lames  II,     Researches  on  Aincrieu.     Baltimore, 
1816.     PI).  8-11.     UP. 
Unfavorable, 

Miiller,  P:  Erasmus,  Sagal)ihliothek.  Copenhagen,  1816-30, 
[A  (ierman  translation  of  the  first  part,  hy  Ijaehmaini,  Berlin, 
1816,  entitled  '•Sagenhihiiothek  des  .skandinavischcn  Altertluims 
in  Aiisziigen,"     i)p,  213-215,     //, 

Here  is  <;iven  a  synopsis  of  the  Sa^a  of  Krik  the  Ke<l  and  Thorfinn  Karls- 
efne,  wliidi  Miiller  says  is  not  older  thai\  the  1  Itli  century.  Iteferences  are 
also  -riven  to  other  Saigas  wliicli  nienlion  the  disci)vcry  of  Vinland. 

Malte-Brun,  Conrad.     Precis  do   la  geographic    iiniversoUo. 
Paris,  1817.     p.   234.     //. 
Favorable. 

Svea.  ri)sala.  1818.  1:107-326,  Om  Skandinavcrnes  Pordna 
Ui)ptacktsresor  till  Xordanierica,  ved  J  :  II:  Schrikler,     BP. 

Treats  of  the  discovery  of  Vinland,  which  he  believes  to  have  been  a  part 
of  North  America, 

Barrow,  Sir  J :  Chronologieal  history  of  voyages  to  the  Arctic 
Regions.     London,  1818.     i)p.  l-i;5.     //, 

Believes  that  Vinland  was  either  Labrador  or  Newfoundland, 


PRE-COLUMHIAN    HISCOVKRIES    OK    AMERICA.        129 


Henderflon,  Ebi'iiczcr.  JccIjiimI.  Kilin.,  181b.  lAii  cil.  ut 
Boston,  1831.     pp.  15-17.     JI.] 

The  author  nuyn  with  perfect  contldeiice,  "To  the  leeliiiulerH  belongs  the 
honor  of  bein<,'  tlie  tlrwt  (li^'Coverers  of  AnuTicii  and  (irecnland." 

Tates,  J:  V.  N.,  and  Moulton,  Joseph  While,  ilistory  of  tho 
State  of  New  York.     N.  Y.,  1824.     1:110-125.     JI. 

The  (lincoveries  of  the  Nortluncn  are  InTe  (liHCUHsed  at  f^reiit  length.  Tho 
author  cites  chielly  the  works  of  Forster,  Belknap,  and  ShrOder,  and  believes 
that  New  York  was  u  part  of  Viidand. 

Irving,  Washington.     History  of  tho  life  and  voyages  of  Chris- 

topiier  Coiinnbus.     London,  1828.     4:21:5-217.     JI. 

Here  Irviiii;  refers  to  Multe-Hriin  and  Forster,  and  confeHses  his  own 
ignorance  of  tlie  subject.  He  deems  tiie  claims  improbaljle,  however.  In 
theedilion  of  IKJH  he  had  chanjjed  his  mind,  and  says,  "There  is  no  great 
improbability  that  such  enterprising  and  roving  voyagers  as  the  Scandina- 
vians nniy  luive  wandered  to  the  nortlwrn  sliores  of  America,  about  the  coast 
of  Labrador,  or  the  shores  of  Newfoundland. 


Murray,  Hugh, 
in  North  America. 


Historical  account  of  discoveries  and  travels 
London,  1829.     1:  13-28.     //. 


Murray,  after  giving  the  account  at  great  length,  remarks,  "T  agree  with 
all  the  northern  writers,  that  the  voyages  to  Vinland  were  real  voyages;  but 
that  Vinland  was  America,  is  a  question  respecting  which  I  entertain  the 
greatest  possible  doubt." 

Oooley,  W:  Desborough.    Tho  history  of  maritime  and  inland 

diseoverv.     (Lardner's  Cabinet  cyclopiudia.)    London,    1830.     1: 

215-221.'    JI. 

Cooley  says,  "It  is  impossible  to  shake  the  authenticity  of  these  plain  and 
circumstantial  accounts,  and  it  is  likewise  ditlicult,  if  not  imi)ossible.  to 
acknowledge  their  genuine  character  without  iidmitting  at  the  same  time 
that  Vinland  was  in  Newfoundland,  or  else  on  tiie  continent  of  North  Amer- 
ica."   This  book  was  reprinted  in  tlu;  "  Edinburgii  cabinet  library." 

Wheaton,  II:     History  of  the  Northmen.     Phila.,  1831.     eh. 

2.     //. 

Wheaton  expresses  no  doubt  of  the  fact  that  the  Northmen  discovered 
America.    He  thinks,  too,  that  Vinland  was  in  the  vicinity  of  Boston. 


Same. 


[A  Fi 
Nord. 


French  translation  by  Paul  Guillot.     Ilistoire  dcs 


peuples  du  Nord.     Paris,  1844.     pp.  22-41,  483-304.     BP.] 

In  this  edition,  supervised  by  the  author,  the  account  is  given  at  greater 
length,  and  a  view  of  the  Dighton  Uock,  the  inscription  on;  which  WHieaton 
attributes  to  the  Northmen,  is  added. 

Qraah,  W.  A.  Undersogelses-reise  til  Ostkysten  af  Gnmland. 
KjObenhavn,  1832.  BJH.  [An  English  translation  under  the  title 
of  "Narrative  of  an  expedition  to  the  cast  coast  of  Clreenland," 
London,  1837.    p.  3.     CB.] 

Favorable,  __ 


n, 


130       rKE-(;()LUMBlAN    DlSOOVEltlEH    OK    AMERICA. 


mm 


s 


m 


Leslie,  J:,  Jameson,  Iloliort.  nitd  Murray,  IIurIi.  Narrative 
of  discovery  and  iidvL'iituri!><  in  the  Polar  Seas  au(l  llegious.  N. 
Y.,  1833.     p.  87.     H. 

McntioMH  {iiHimlly  that  "diirlfit;  tlui  11th  coiitiiry  cliaiico  or  ciitiTiJriHc  lorl 
Grccnlniid  iiiivicatorH  Hoiitliwanl  to  anotliiT  coast,  wlilch  they  called  Viii- 
land,  and  which  lian  heeii  vory  jfcniTaily  hclicvcd  to  hf  America."  They  say 
further,  that  after  a  careful  exainination  of  the  authorities  on  whicit  this 
opinion  rewts.  they  have  l)e('n  led  to  siinposc  that  the  new  country  was 
merely  a  more  southern  point  of  Oreenland. 


Priest,  .losiali. 


American  aiiticiuities,  and  discoveries  in  tlic 
pp.  324-240.     //. 


West.     Albany,  1833 
Favorahle. 

Dupaix,  Crnillaiimo.  Aiiti(niite>  mexicuines.  Paris,  1834.  vol. 
1,  no.  J),     pp.  48-4i).     JiA. 

A  favorahle  article,  by  Franvols  Charles  Farcy. 

Dupaix,  (iiiillaunie.  Antiquites  nicxicaincs.  Recherches  sur 
les  antiquites  de  rAineri(iue  du  Nonl  et  de  I'Anierique  du  Slid,  par 
D:  Bailie  Warden.    Paris,  1834.     1:  pp.  146-154.    BA. 

Favoral)le. 

Bancroft,  Hon.  G:  History  of  the  United  States.  Boston, 
1834.     1 :  r)-(5.     H. 

Bancroft  mentions  the  claims  of  the  Northmen,  and  etves  a  list  of  the 
chief  works  whicli  support  these  claims,  but  considers  the  whole  story  as 
vague,  11     veil  as  flctitious  or  exaggerated. 

Rafinesque,    Constantine    Snialtz. 
Phila.,  mid.     2:280-281.     H. 

Favorable. 


The    American    nations. 


Humboldt,  F:  H:  Alexander  von.  Exainen  critique  de  I'his- 
toire  de  la  geographic  du  nouveau  continent.  Paris,  1837.  1 :  84- 
104.     H. 

Humboldt  gives  a  synopsis  of  the  evidence  contained  in  the  Icelandic 
Sagas,  and  asserts  with  great  confidence  that  the  Northmen  discovered 
America;  he  also  believes  tliat  the  parts  which  they  visited  were  between 
New  York  and  Newfoundland. 

Eongelige  Nordiske  Oldskrift  Selskab.  Antiquitates  Ameri- 
canae,  sivoScriptores  Septentrionalcs  rem  in  Ante-Columbianarum 
in  America.     Ilavniae,  1837.     H. 

Contents.  Praefatio;  Conspectus  codicnm  membraneornm  in  nuibue 
terrarum  Americanarum  mentio  fit;  Abstract  of  the  historical  evidence; 
Narrationes  de  Eiriko  Rufo  et  Graenlandis;  llistoria  Thorfinni  Karlsefnii  et 
Snorrii  Thorbrandi  fllii;  Breviores  relati(mes;  Annotationes  geographicae ; 
Addenda  et  emendanda;  Index  chronologicus;  Index  personarum;  Inde^ 
geographicus;  Index  rerum;  Genealogiae;  Plates, 


lMiK-U«»r-UMI{lAN    DISCOVKUIES    OF    AMERICA.        131 


TliP  ohjcrt  wup  'o  prove  that  the  Nortliincn  tll8covorcd  Amoiica,  niid  thn 
accfiiiiit  of  their  fllHCDVprlfs  Is  <;iviii  In  full,  nn  (m\u(\  in  the  iminuscriptH  of 
the  North,  'rtic  siipi  )>.(•(!  rciiiaiiiH  of  the  N'ortlinuMi  In  this  ci.  niry  are  iilao 
(llHciiswed  lit  li>n},'ili.  Among  the  plates  are  fiie-sinilles  of  purlw  of  the  ancient 
manuscripts,  viewn  of  tlie  Diytiton  Itotk,  anil  maps  of  Iceland  and  VInland. 

Democratic  review.  Wasli..  18;{8.  2:  85-90.  HlJ-inS.  //. 
Tlio  tlisfovt'iy  of  Ainofica  by  tho  Nortlunon,  by  Alcxiindor  Everett. 

Tile  historical  evidence  is  connldered,  and  the  ditTei-ent  opinions  on  the 
subject  are  discussed.  The  autlior  Is  in  doul)t  about  the  I)i(;lilon  I{ock,  and 
believes  that  the  Northmen  settled  in  Massachusetts  and  Rhode  Island. 

Foreign  quarterly  review.  London,  1838.  31:89-118.  //. 
The  discovery  of  America  by  the  Northmen,  before  Columbus. 

This  article  Is  much  tlie  same  as  that  In  the  "  Democratic  review,"  but  is 
at  greater  leiij;th,  aud  tlio  writer  speaks  of  tho  discoverica  of  the  Northmen 
as  a  certainty. 

North  American  review.     Boston,  1838.     46:  101-203.     If. 

Tiie  discovery  of  American  by  tiie  Northmen,  by  E:  Everett. 

The  writer  here  discusses  at  considerable  length  the  probability  of  the 
discovery,  as  well  as  the  authenticity  of  the  accounts,  and  remarks,  "While 
we  are  decidedly  of  <>|)inioii  that  the  ancient  hu^landic  accounts,  to  which  we 
liavc  called  tlic  ii'tention  of  our  readers,  liav«?  a  foundation  in  historical  truth, 
and  that  th(>  coa,  i  of  Nortii  America,  and  very  i)ossil)ly  this  portion  of  It,  was 
visited  by  the  Nortlimen,  wo  deem  it  exceedingly  doubtful  whether  they  made 
any  permanent  settlement  on  the  continent."' 

New  York  review.     N.  Y.,  1838.     3:  3r>2-357.     BF. 

The  "Antiquitates  Americanie"  is  reviewed,  f.nd  the  whole  question  is 
discussed,  the  chief  writers  on  tlie  si'bject  beinr'  referred  to  The  writer 
fully  belU^ves  that  the  Northmen  discovercil  Anierica.  but  is  inclined  to  think 
that  the  Old  Mill  and  the  inscription  of  the  Digliton  Rock  are  not  tlieir  work. 

Royal  Geographical  Society.  Journal.  London,  1838.  8: 
114-129.     //. 

An  abstract  of  the  historical  evidence  contained  in  the  "Antiquitates 
Amcricame,"  in  which  the  writer  fully  believes. 

Biondelli,  B.  Scoperta  deirAmerica  fatta  nei  secolo  x.  da 
alcuni  Scandinavi.     Mihm,  1839.     H. 

A  small  pamphlet,  in  which  is  given  a  somewhat  condensed  account  of 
the  discovery  of  VInland,  taken  from  the  "Antiquitates  Americanie.  ' 

Smith,  .Tosiiua  Toulmin.  Tho  Northmen  in  New  England,  or 
America  in  the  tenth  century.     Boston,  18.S9.     H. 

This  book  contains  an  account  of  the  Northmen,  put  in  the  form  of  con- 
versation. The  questions  of  the  Old  Mill  and  tho  Dighton  Rock  are  also  dis- 
cussed, both  of  which  the  author  attributes  to  the  Northmen.  A  map  of 
Vinland  is  added. 


s| 


American  Biblical  repository. 

3d  ser.,  1:430-449.    H, 


N.  y.  and  Boston,  July,  1839. 


h. 


132       riiE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


By  H :  R.  Sclioolcraft.  Gives  the  Prospectus  issued  by  the  Royal  Society 
of  Northern  Antiiinurianfi;  then  the  question  of  the  discovery  is  discussed 
(which  tlie  writer  beli(!ves).  and  a  view  of  the  Dighton  Rock  is  added  (though 
he  regards  the  inscription  as  Algic) ;  and  finally  a  letter  is  given  from  Albert 
Gallatin,  on  the  use  of  the  letters  v  and  I  in  the  Eskimau  language. 

Russell,  liev.  Michaol.  Icolanil.  Greenland,  and  tlie  Faroe 
Isles.  Edin.,  1840.  (Edinlnirgli  cabinet  library.)  pp.  254-266. 
A.     (Also  in  Harper's  family  library,  N.  Y.,  1841.) 

Gives  the  account  of  the  discovery  of  Vinland,  and  adds,  "The  history  of 
Vinland  giveii  us  by  the  Icelandic  historians  is  interesting,  not  merely  as 
connected  with  the  countries  of  wliich  we  are  now  treating,  but  as  proving 
that  America  was  known  to  Europeans  live  hundred  years  before  thcCienoese 
mariner  set  foot  upon  its  shores. 


Discovery  of  America  by  the  North- 


Beamish,  North  Ludlow, 
men.     London,  1841.     H. 

Contents.  Sketch  of  the  rise,  eminence  and  extinction  of  Icelandic  his- 
torica'  literature;  Saga  of  Erik  the  Red;  Saga  of  Thorflnn  Karlsefne;  Geo- 
graphical notices;  Monuments  and  inscriptions;  Minor  narratives;  Complete 
dial  of  ihe  ancient  Northmen;  Genealogical  tables;  Map  of  Vinland;  En- 
graving of  the  inscription  on  the  Dighton  Rock ;  General  chart  of  the  discov- 
eries of  tiie  Northmen  in  the  Arctic  Regions  of  America;  Index. 

This  Is  little  more  than  an  English  translation  of  those  parts  of  the  "An- 
tiquitates  Americana; "  which  tlie  author  considered  were  likely  to  prove 
most  interesting  to  British  readers. 

Malte-Brun  Conrad.  Goographie  iiniverselle.  Paris,  1841. 
1:204-206.     H. 

Gives  at  some  length  tl  d  account  of  the  discovery  of  Vinland,  and  regards 
it  as  beyond  doubt  that  Vinland  was  a  part  of  North  America. 

Wilhelmi,  K:  Island,  Huitramannaland,  Gronland,  iind  Vin- 
land.    Heidelberg,  1842.     CB. 

Based  upon  the  "Aiitiquitates  Americanie."  Written  in  support  of  the 
Northmen's  claim.  Contains  a  chart  of  their  discoveries,  identifying  Hellu- 
land  with  Newfoundland,  Markland  with  portions  of  Nova  Scotia,  Vinland 
with  New  Ilngland  and  New  York,  and  Huitramannaland  with  the  coast  of 
Georgia  and  the  Carolinas. 


Die  Entdockung  von  America  durch  die 
und    eilften  Jahrhtmdcrt.     Braunschweig. 


Hermes,   K:   H: 

Islander  im  zehnten 
1344.     BP. 

Contains  in  detail  the  accrnnt  of  the  Northmen,  the  "Antiquitates  Amer- 
icanm"  being  frequently  referred  to.  An  engraving  of  the  Dighton  Rock  is 
also  given,  the  inscription  on  v^hich  the  author  bnlieves  to  be  the  work  of  the 
Northmen. 

Humboldt,  F:  II:  Alexander  von.  Kosmos.  Stiittg.  n.  Tlib., 
1845.  [An  English  translation,  under  the  title  of  "Cosmos," 
London,  1849.     1:  603-608.     H.] 

Gives  the  account  of  the  discovery  of  Vinland,  and  refers  to  hir  "Examen 
critique"  for  further  particulars. 


PEE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA.        133 

Oolombo,   Cristoforo.     Select  letters;   ed.   by  R:   H-  Maior 
(Hakluyt  Society.)     London,  1847.     pp.  xii-xxi  \^         ^      ^ 


BP. 


Favorable. 


184a*'!ff.'  ^'''^'^^'    ^"''^"^"«^  «f  America.    20th  ed.     Boston, 

unt?°r'?.T!I',„f''„T''^'-  '^"  .""-'"""J"  ,°'  discoveries  in  the  West 
until  lolO,  Hid  of  voyages  to  and  a  ong  tlie  Atlantic  Coast  of 
Nortl,  America  from  1520  to  1573.    Richmond,  1848    pp  tlO    H 

theirmt"""  osT^iTio^  'T^zi.^^rr' "'  ^"■"''^  "■' 

32-35  ^'/r*^"'  ^'    "^'^^  c«"Q"est  of  Canada.    N.  Y.,  1850.     1: 

Gives  very  briefly  the  account  of  the  Northmen,  without  doubting  it. 

«;f.^''°^rn'^'''li^-  'ri"'othy.     The  controversy  tonchinff  the  old 
mu     H      "'  '"''■"  "^  ^'''^'"'■^'  Kl>»de -Island.    Newport, 

re  J£  c=.s  ff!S  ffj";^./i;',:^^  'br^s^iZa;::s^ts;:? 


,;i( 

i:ll? 


41 


v< 


134       PRE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


The  account  of  the  Northmen  is  here  given,  in  which  the  authors  fully 
believe. 

New  Bngland  historical  and  genealogical  register.  Boston, 
1853.     7:  13-14.     H. 

A  paper  by  C:  C.  Rafn  contains  a  synopsis  of  the  discoveries  of  the 
Northmen. 

Haven,  S :  F.  Archteology  of  the  United  States.  {In  Smith- 
sonian Institution.  Contributions  to  knowledge.  Wash.,  185G. 
V.  8,  art.  1,  pp.  10,  13,  26,  35,  03,  100-108.     H.) 

"The  narratives  of  the  voyages  of  the  Northmen,  and  their  discovery  of 
this  country,  are  regarded  as  well  attested,  leaving  the  question  open  as  tc 
the  distance  in  a  southerly  direction  to  whicli  their  observations  extended; 
and  many  striking  coincidences  seem  to  justify  the  conclusion  that  the  Vinland 
of  these  narratives  was  really  in  Narragansett  Bay."  However,  he  regards 
the  Dighton  Rock  and  the  tower  at  Newport  as  having  nothing  to  do  with  the 
Northmen. 

Blackwood,  P:  Temple  Hamilton  Temple.  [D)7'd  Dufferin.] 
Letters  from  high  latitudes.     London,  1857.     pp.  57-59.     H. 

The  claim  of  the  Northmen  is  mentioned :  the  author  believes  it. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  C:  Etienne,  Vabbe.  Histoire  des 
nations  civilisees  du  Mexique  et  de  rAmerique-Centrale.  Paris, 
1857.     1:  18-22.     H. 

Favorable. 

ElUott,  C:  W.  The  New  England  history.  K  Y.,  1857.  1: 
18-37.    BP. 

The  account  of  the  Northmen,  in  which  the  author  fully  believes,  is  given 
at  considerable  length.  He  adds  a  list  of  some  of  the  authorities  on  the  sub- 
ject. 

Notes  and  queries.     London,  1858.     2d  ser.,  v.  5.     H. 

Alfred  T.  Lee,  p.  314,  remarks  that  Lord  Dufferin  says  tliat  America  was 
discovered  by  Icelanders  in  the  litli  century.  He  asks  for  corroborative 
testimony. 

VV.  D.  II.  replies,  pp  .38(i-387,  that  the  evidence  is  given  in  "Antiqnitates 
Americana',"  "North  American  review,''  v.  46.  and  the  Earl  of  Ellesmere's 
"Guide  to  Nortliern  arcliieology.'" 

W.  H.  Z.  and  W :  Mattliews,  p.  458,  give  a  number  of  the  authorities  upon 
which  the  account  rests. 

Nouvelle  biographie  gen^rale.  Pari?,  1858.  10:  250-251. 
Eric.     //. 

The  account  of  the  discovery  of  Vinland  is  here  given  in  brief,  but  no 
opinion  is  expressed  as  to  the  trutli  of  it;  a  partial  bibliograpiiy  of  the  subject 
is  added. 

Palfrey,  J:  Gorham.  History  of  New  England.  Boston,  1858. 
1:  51-58.     //. 


ture 
Bbi 
as  in 


PKE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OP    AMERICA.       135 

i;^th""ASS!;*y;l:^;^,;;-!)--  "»»keiy,"  and  ia.um..  the  pi,;^^ 

Peschel,  Oscar  Ferdinand.     Geschichto  dcs  zcitaltcrs  der  ent- 
deekun;-(>n.     Stiittg.  u.  Au-sb.,  1858.     pp.  102-106.   ^' 
Favorable. 

Pai^sHm'^'  l"'^""""    ^"^'""^^^^^'^^^  ^^««  Scandinaves  en  Amerique. 
canffi."™""^""""  ''^  ^'''''  """^^  important  parts  of  the  "  Antiquitates  Ameri- 

Lo.Klnn^'i'sn)^^"    fI«"^TfI'i^!?"'^tli«  navigator.    (Ilakluyt  Society.) 
Liondon,  18W).     pp.  Ixvi-lxvii,  ccxvi-ccxvii.    H. 

Favorable. 

Desm-?s"!rfTor/i?A'-'  ^'•'''^'-  r^^'T"  J'"'^'''*'  ^•^^i^^^"^^  i"  the  Great 
uescits  ot  JNorth  America.     London,  1860.     1:52-64.     BP. 

Gives  the  acconnt  of  the  Northmen,  which  the  author  believes. 
186f7iriii^Hv^T!'°"'^'^'^"'""''^''''^^''    P^P'^lV^^h.   Paris, 

Tylor,  E:  Burnett.    Anahuac.    London,  1861.    pp.  378-279.  //. 
Favorable. 

Oharnay    Desire,  and  Violet-le-Duc.     Cites  et  mines  ameri- 
eaines.     Pans,  1863.     pp.  10-11,  18,  23.     BP 
Favorable. 

Favorable. 
tonas^rX' n5-l!if  °  ff""  "'"=""'•    P'-°™'»>"'»».  1805.    Bos- 


It.   > 


136       PKE-COLUMBIAN    DISCO VEKIES    OF   AMERICA. 


I 


the  Northmen  is  discussed,  and  the  views  iield  by  the  chief  writers  set  fortli. 
Also  contains  many  letters  of  interest  from  Prof.  Uafn  to  Dr.  Webb  on  the 
subject. 

Historical  magazine.    N.Y.,  December,  1865.    9:364-365.   H. 

An  article  by  D.  G.  B.  to  prove  that  Huitraniannaland  was  on  tlie  coast  of 
Virginia  or  the  Carolinas. 

De  Oosta,  Mev.  B :  Franklin.  Pre-Colunioian  discovery  of  Amer- 
ica by  the  Nortlimen.     Albany,  1868.     H. 

Contents. — Preface;  General  introduction;  Gunnbiorn  and  his  rocks:  Eric 
the  Ked's  voyage  to  the  coast  of  America;  Leif  Ericson's  voyage  to  Vinland; 
Thorstein  Ericson's  attempt  to  seek  Vinland;  Tliorfinn  Karlsefne's  settlement 
in  Vinland;  Freydis's  voyage  and  settlement  in  Vinland;  Are  Marson's 
pojourn  in  Iliiitramannalahd;  Voyage  of  Biorn  Asbrar'lson;  Gudleif  Gud- 
langson's  voyage;  Allusions  to  voyages  found  in  ancient  manuscripts;  Geo- 
graphical fragments. 

The  aim  was  to  place  within  tlie  reach  of  the  English-reading  historical 
student  every  portion  of  the  Icelandic  Sagas  essentially  relating  to  the  Pre- 
Columbian  discovery  of  America  by  the  Northmen. 


North  American  review.     Bo.ston.  1869.     109:  265-272. 
De  Costa'.s  discovery  of  America,  by  J.  Lewis  Diman. 

A  short  criticism  of  De  Costa's  work. 


H. 


I 


De  Oosta,  Rev,  B:  Franklin.  Notes  on  a  review  of  "  The  Pre- 
Columbian  discovery  of  America  by  the  Northmen,"  in  the  "North 
American  review'' for  July.     Charlcstown,  1869.     //. 

A  reply  to  the  criticism  in  the  "X  .'th  American  review.'' 

Historical  magazine.  Morrisania,  January,  1869.  2d  ser. 
5:30-31.     //. 

An  article  by  Joseph  Williamson.  P*ates  that  the  remains  of  some  very 
early  settlements  have  been  found  in  ditt>  ••ent  parts  of  Maine,  and  the  writer, 
referring  to  tile  account  of  the  discovery  of  America  by  the  Northmen,  sug- 
gests that  they  may  have  been  left  by  them.; 

Historical  magazine.  Morrisania.  March,  1869.  n.s.  v.  5,  no.  3, 
pp.  170-179.  H.  Tlie  Ante-Columbian  discovery  of  the  American 
continent  by  the  Northmen,  by  F.  Bogj^ild. 

The  account  is  given,  and  the  inscription  on  the  Dighton  Rock  is  discussed, 
which  the  writer  does  not  consider  the  work  of  tlie  Northmen.  To  this  article 
De  Costa  adds  a  note,  showing  some  mistakes  into  which  the  writer  has  fallen. 

Gaffarel,  Paul.  Etudes  sur  les  rapports  de  I'Amerique  et  de 
I'Ancien  Continent  avant  Christoph  Colomb.  Paris,  1869.  pp.  225- 
260.     BP. 

Speaks  of  tlie  maritime  activity  of  the  Northmen:  gives  at  considerable 
length  the  account  of  discoveries  of  the  Northmen  in  the  Atlantic  before  100 1; 
discusses  the  proliability  that  the  Toltecs  discovered  America  before  this 
time,  but  does  not  believe  it;  gives  the  voyages  of  the  Northmen  in  the  11th 
century;  sliows  that  Vinland  was  knosvn  in  Europe:  treats  of  the  commerce  of 


PRE-COLUMmAN    IMSOOVERIES   OP    AMERICA.        137 

century,  is  ,i,l(Io(i.  '  "PPctiml  n)  Itie  bi'^iiiiihig  of  iha  nth 

187?' piT'&t"  £:  '^""^^'''"-    ^''•^  '^^-•""-»  -n  Maine.    Albany, 
A  criticism  on  tlie  work  of  Dr.  Kohl. 

Favorable. 

ot^:^t:rS-^^-,^;:^!:^:^^j^:^^  the  geographers 
conS[;^S;l!{5^^i;i'^^^.S,J-.S;[|;S^;  With  nunarks  and  comments. 
^^^BaWwin,J:Deni.son.    Ancient  Amoriea.    X.Y.,  1872.    pp.  279- 

part^^f^N.^^  'SZl'  "''  '^"^^'^"'•^  "^  ^''■""""'  -inch  he  considers  to  be  a 

Le^^^o^SXSl   ^""'^"'  ^^^^•'  ^^'2-     20:456-450.     /^ 

inclK  I^S^L^'  ^n^^lnlele  w?"  '"■";">■  «'-"'  -'"e"  t'-  writer  is 
Boston,  1873.    no.  ISlV,  pj,.  toS.      ""'  reprinted  in  '•  Littell-s  livinj/age.' 

National  quarterly  review.   X.Y..  Deo..  1873.    28:75-f):    ff 

"nq3^::tionabW  tnL"t'S^"Ku".Km^v'T  ^1^^^!'  ""''"  ^''^  ^^-"f'"'-  -n^idera 
the  inscription^n  tlVe  DijVi^^m'ffik.    ''"'' ""•''^'''•' '"  "'*■'"'  the  Old  Mill  and 


h> 


I 


138       PRE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


Contents. —liowtc  dc  rAmc'rique;  Lcs  enfants  d'Erik  le  Rouge;  Thorflnn 
Kiirlsofno  ot  Gudridu;  Excursions  mi'ridionalcs;  Excursions  boreales;  Frt'di- 
cations  cn'tit'iincB  on  Anu'ri(iuc;  Nouvnilc  (li'couvertc  dc  rAuii-rique  a  la  llu 
du  14'  sic'cle;  Decadeiict'  ct  mine  di's  colonies  iiorniaiids  de  I'Anierique; 
Freuves  archuologitjucs  dn  st'jourdcs  Norniaiids  en  Ainc'riqui'.  Also  Ima  ii 
niup  of  the  discoveries  of  the  Northmen  in  America,  a  map  of  the  Zeni,  and 
an  engraving  of  the  inscription  on  the  Dighton  Rock. 

Puts  full  credit  in  the  account  of  the  discovery,  and  assigns  to  the  North- 
men the  tower  at  Newport  and  the  inscriptions  on  the  Dighton  Hock.  The 
identitication  of  places  is  the  same  as  that  given  in  the  '"Antiquitates  Ameri- 
canie."    His  foot-notes  and  references  are  very  full. 

North  American  review.  Boston,  1874.  119:  166-182.  //. 
Gravier's  Decouverte  tie  rAinericiue,  by  II:  Cabot  Lodge. 

A  criticism  on  Gravier's  work;  and  gives  the  account  of  the  discovery  of 
Viuland.  It  also  discusses  the  question  of  the  Dighton  Uock  and  the  tower  at 
Ncnvport,  and  adds,  "Gravier's  book  is  almost  valueless,  beyond  calling  atten- 
tion to  an  interesting  field  of  investigation." 

Goodrich,  Aaron.  A  history  of  the  character  and  achievements 
of  the  so-called  Christoplier  Coliimbiis.  N.Y.,  18T4.  pp.  69-87.  BP. 

Gives  the  account  of  the  Northmen.  The  author  believes  it,  and  identifies 
the  places  as  in  the  "Antiquitates  Americana'. "" 

Royal  Historical  Society.  Transactions.  London,  1874.  n.s., 
3:75-97.     //. 

Gives  the  account  of  the  Northmen,  and  the  authorities  npon  which  it 
rests  are  stated. 

Kingsley,  Rev.  C:  Lectures  delivered  in  America  in  1874. 
Phila.,  1875.     pp.  65-97.     //. 

This  is  a  popular  account  of  the  discovery,  which  the  writer  regards  as 
history. 

Anderson,  R.  B.  America  not  discovered  by  Columbus.  Chi- 
cago, 1874.     //. 

Contents.— The  Norsemen,  and  other  peoples,  interested  in  the  discovery 
of  America;  Norse  literature  has  been  neglected  by  the  learned  men  of  the 
great  nations;  Anticiuity  of  America;  Phenician,  Greek,  Irish,  and  Welsh 
claims;  Who  were  the  Norsemen?  (Jroenland;  The  sliips  of  the  Norsemen; 
Tlie  Sagas  and  documents  are  genuine;  Bjanie  Herjulfson,986;  Leif  Erikson, 
loot);  Tliorflnn  Karlsefne  and  Gudrid,  1007;  T\w  discovery  of  America  by 
('(ilumbus;  Other  expeditious  by  the  Norsemen;  Conclusion;  The  Scandina- 
vian languages. 

A  small  book  containing  much  information  not  to  be  conveniently  found 
elsewhere.  It  gives  fully  the  account  of  the  discovery  of  Vinland.  The  author 
puts  great  contidence  in  the  account,  as  well  as  in  the  tower  at  Newport,  the 
I)ighton  Rock,  and  the  skeleton  in  armor.  lie  also  believes  that  {'.)luinbus 
knew  of  the  discovery  of  America  by  the  Northmen,  and  concludes  by  giving 
quotations  from  several  eminent  scholars  in  regard  to  the  Scandinavian  lan- 
guages. 


Abbolt,  J:  S. 
13-21.     BP. 


C.    The  history  of  Maine.     Boston,  1875.    pp. 


PRE-COHIMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMEKICA.        139 


Gives  the  nccount  of  the  Northmen,  which  the  luitluir  taltes  from  the 
"Anti(iiiitiitc's  Aiiicrieanac."'  lie  Hi^'rcfH  with  it  in  every  pnrticnliir,  and  Mays 
of  tlie  Uld  Mill.  •'  It  is  not  nnreasonahle  to  snppose  that  the  venerable  tower 
remains  a  nieniorial  of  the  Northincn"s  visit." 

Drake,  S:  Adams,  Nooks  and  coi-ncrs  of  the  Now  England 
coast.     N.Y.,  1875.     p.  ;56i).     //. 

The  connection  of  tlie  Northmen  witli  the  Old  Mill  at  Newport  is  taken  up- 
"The  discovery  of  any  portion  of  the  coast  of  New  En;^hinil  l)y  Northmen 
belongs  to  the  realms  of  conjecture."' 

Galaxy.  N.Y.,  187.).  20:  514-518.  H.  Claims  to  the  dis- 
covofy  of  America,  by  J:  T.  Siiort. 

Gives  brielly  the  account  of  the  Northmen,  which  he  considers  prol)ahle; 
but  he  does  not  believe  in  the  JJighton  Hoclc  and  the  Old  Mill. 

Potter's  American  monthly.  I'liila.,  1875.  v.  5;  no.  48.  ))]). 
000-907.  H.  Tile  visits  of  Europeans  to  America  in  the  10th  and 
11th  centuries,  by  M.  M.  I'ilon. 

Gives  the  account  of  the  Northmen,  which  he  believes. 

Oarlyle,  T:  Tlie  early  kuigs  of  Norway.  N.Y.,  1875.  pp.  SC- 
SI.    H. 

Mentions  that  it  is  believed  that  Erilc  the  Red  discovered  America  in  985. 
The  author  then  states  tlie  parts  wliicli  he  is  thought  to  have  visited. 

Higginson,  T:  WenlAortii.  Young  foll<s'  lii.storyof  llie  United 
States.     Boston,  1875.     pp.  25-80.     //. 

After  giving  the  story  of  the  Nortlimen,  expresses  the  opinion  that  Vin- 
land  was  lihcdc  Island  or  Nova  Scotia. 

Oongres  International  des  Americanistes.  Comi)te-rendu  do 
la  1"  session.     Nancy  et  Paris,  1875.     1 :  37-1);].     HP. 

In  this  article,  by  Eugene  Beauvois,  the  question  of  the  Northmen  is  dis- 
cussed at  great  length,  and  i)rofiise  references  are  given.  A  maj)  of  the  dis- 
coveries of  the  Northmen  is  added. 

Bryant,  \V:  Cnllen,  (f)i(l  Qay,  Sidney  Howard.  Popular  history 
of  the  United  Sttites.     N.Y.,  1876.     vol.  1,  ch.  ;j.     //. 

Gives  a  very  complete  account  of  the  discovery  of  Vinland,  and  discusses 
the  prol)al)ility  of  the  story.  His  notes  and  refi'rences  are  also  very  copious. 
This  chapter  is  accoiui)anied  by  engravings  of  the  I)ight(m  Koclv.  and  of  a 
similar  one  near  Steubenville,  Ohio,  as  well  as  of  the  tower  at  Newport,  and 
of  a  similar  one  at  Clu'sterton,  in  Warwickshin,';  hut  tiie  author  puts  no  con- 
lldence  either  in  tlie  tower  or  the  Diglitou  IJock.  lie  says,  "The  main  facts 
related  in  the  Icelandic  Chronicles  are  unciucstiouably  true":  and  again, 
"There  seems  no  good  reason  for  doubting  tliat;the  Northmen  did  cross  the 
Atlantic  from  coast  to  coast." 

Bancroft,  Hubert  Howe.  The  native  races  of  the  Pacific  States 
of  North  America.     N.Y..  1870.     5:102-115.     H. 

Gives  at  considerable  length  the  account  of  the  discovery  of  America  by 


140       I'Ki:-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


the  NorthnKMi,  which  \w  is  inclined  to  believe.    He  iuld«  iin  exceedingly  full 
bibliography  of  the  >-iibject. 


Kneeland,  S: 
217-231.     H. 


An  Ainericaii  in  Iceland.     Boston,  1876.     pp. 


Gives,  in  brief,  the  account  of  tlic  discovery  of  Vinlnnd,  and  discusses  the 
probubility  of  it.  Tiie  autlior  thiiik>  it  is  true,  and  that  Vinland  was  on  the 
coast  of  New  England. 


A  book  of  American  explorers. 


Higginson,  T:  Wentworth. 
Boston,  1877.     p{).  l-lo.     //. 

Gives  a  popular  account  of  the  Northmen  discovery,  taken  from  the 
"Massachusetts  quarterly  review,"  184!>. 

Slafter,  Edmund  Parwell.  Voj'a^es  of  the  Northmen  to  Am- 
erica.    Boston,  1877.     (Prince  Society.)     //. 

Contenfs.~M&p  of  Vinland;  Preface;  Introduction:  General  Map  of 
Nortiicrn  Europe  and  America;  The  Saga  of  Erik  the  lied;  Extracts  from  the 
Heimsliiingla  of  Snorro  Sturlesou;  The  Saga  of  Thorlinn  Karlsefne;  (ieo- 
graphical  notices;  Minor  narrativtis;  Prof.  Itafn's  Synopsis  of  historical  evi- 
aence;  Opinion  of  Prof,  llafn  as  to  identity  of  i)la"ccs;  Dial  of  the  ancient 
northmen,  bv  Prof.  Magnusen;  Names  given  to  the  parts  of  the  day  by  the 
Nortlimen;  bibliographical,  etc. 

The  object  was  to  collect  in  a  suitable  form  for  "American  readers  the 
evidence  contained  in  the  "Antiquitates  Americana', '"jand  Beamish's  work. 

Farnum,  Alexander.  Visits  of  the  Northmen  to  Rhode  Island. 
Providence,  1877.     (Rliode  Island  hist,  tracts,  no.  3.)    H. 

Gives  brieily  the  'account  of  the  {Northmen,  in  which  the  writer  fully 
believes,  lie,  however,  considers  the  Old  Mill  and  the  Dighton  Rock  as  hav- 
ing nothing  to  do  with  the  Northmen. 

Foster,  J:  Wells.  Pre-hi.storic  races  of  the  United  States. 
Chicago,  1878.     pp.  399-400.     //. 

Unfavorable.  ( 

Siuding,   Paul   Kristian.     The  Scandinavian   races.     (A   new 

edition,  with  a  few  slight  changes,  and  a  little  additional  matter, 

of  the  author's  "History  of  Scandinavia.")     N.  Y..  1878.     pp.  70- 

84.     //. 

Gives  fully  the  account  of  the  discovery  of  Vinland,  and  mentions  the 
parts  of  America  which  the  Northmen  are  thought  to  have  visited.  "The 
claim  that  the  Nortlimen  went  the  very  tirst  discoverers  of  America  seems  to 
be  placed  on  good  foundation." 

Short,  J:  T.  The  North  Americans  ol  antiquity,  N.  Y.,  1879. 
pp.  152-154.     H. 

A  criticism  in  favor  of  the  claim. 

Metcalfe,  F.  The  Englishman  and  the  Scandinavian.  Lpii- 
don.  1880.   pp.  25,  193,  297,  note.     H. 

Favorable. 


PRE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


Ul 


III.     DISCO VKllV    BY   THE   ARABS. 

Edrisi.  Nos  het  al-inoschtiio  ft  ikktino  iil-afac.  Written  in 
1158.  [A  French  translation,  by  P.  A.  Jaubert,  under  the  titU-  of 
"Geographie  cFEdrisi,"  Paris,  188(>-40,  by  P.  A.  Jaubert.  1:200. 
201;  2:2(J-29.     H.] 

On  pp.  200-:i01  lie  liiiits  of  the  voynj^rc  of  tlic  Miifjliroiirinf,  and  on  |)p.  20-27 
he  gives,  without  stutiiij;  his  uutliority,  tlie  story  of  oiglit  rehitives  who  sailed 
to  the  west  in  order  to  nnd  out  tiie  limits  of  tlie  ocean. 

Instituf  de  France.  Acddi'mio  liotpde  deft  InHcriptionx  et 
BelleH-Lettres.  DP.  Menioires  de  litterature.  Paris,  17U1.  28: 
524-526.  Ileclierches  sur  Ics  navigations  des  Chinois  du  cote  dc 
I'Amerique,  par  M.  de  Guignes. 

Gives  the  story  of  the  Arabs,  and  states  it  as  a  fact  that  they  went  to  the 
Canaries,  but  does  not  give  his  authorities. 

Institut  de  France.  AccuUmie  Hoi/tde  deft  Inscvipt ionti  et 
Belles-Lettres.  Notices  et  extraits  des  nianu.scrits  de  la  Hiblio- 
themie  du  Roi.  Paris,  1789.  2:24,27.  //.  Perles  des  nierveilles, 
par  M.  de  Guignes. 

Treats  of  a  Ms.  in  the  library  of  the  king  by  Ebn-al-ouardi,  on  physical 
geography,  called  Mocaddeniat-al-ouardlat.  De  Guignes  gives  the  account  of 
the  Arabs,  which  he  says  he  finds  in  the  manuscript,  and  says  that  lie  thinks 
they  came  to  America. 

Munoz,  .T:  Baptista.  Historia  del  Nuevo  Mundo.  ^ladrid. 
1793.     [An  English  translation,  London,  1797.     p.  119,  note.    //.] 

Gives  the  story  of  the  Arabs,  but  says  nothing  about  America.  Refers  to 
"Notices  et  extraits." 


Murray,  Hugh, 
in  North  America. 


Historical  account  of  discoveries  and  travels 
London,  1829.     1:11-12.     H. 


Speaks  of  the  account  of  the  Arabs,  but  says  it  has  been  shown  clearly 
that  the  lands  to  which  they  went  were  the  Azores. 

Oooley,  W:  Desborough.  History  of  maritime  and  inland 
discovery.  Lardner's  cabinet  cyclopaetiia.  London,  1830.  1 :  172- 
173.     H. 

Gives  the  story  of  the  Arabs,  and  adds  that  they  seem  not  to  have  sailed 
beyond  the  Canary  islands.  This  book  was  reprinted  in  the  "  Edinburgh  cab- 
inet library." 

Humboldt,  F:  H:  Alexander  v<m.  Examen  criti^'je  de  I'his- 
toire  de  la  geographic  du  nouveau  contine:;t.  Paris,  1  ,J7.  2 :  137- 
143.    H. 

Puts  little  confidence  in  the  account  of  the  Arabs.  He  tliinks  that  if  they 
really  made  the  voyage  they  came  upon  the  Canary  isles, 


142       PRE-COLUMBIAN    DI8COVKKIKS    OV    AMKKICA. 


Malte-Brun,  Coiinul.  (Ii'o^'nipliif  imivcrsclh".  I'aris,  1841. 
1:180-187.     //. 

(livex  the  uccount  of  the  Arabe,  iiiul  thinks  It  probublc  that  they  visited 
the  Cimurit's. 

Oolombo,  Cristoforo.  Solcttt  IcUors;  ed.  liy  ]{;  II:  Major. 
(Ilakluyt  Society.)    London,  1847.     pp.  xxii-xxii'i.     JI. 

Oivcf*  fh('  account  of  the  AiiiI»h,  Imt  coimidcrs  the  asHcrtion  that  they 
renciied  the  const  of  America  a^  witlioul  foiiiidution. 

Leiewel,  Jojichini.  Geojjraphie  dii  niovon  ugc.  Unix.,  1852. 
2:78-70.     BP. 

Gives  tlie  account  of  the  Aral)s  very  brielly,  but  ways  that  they  landed  on 
some  islands.    Does  not  liint  at  America. 

Haven.  S:  F.  Arc'haH)lo<>;y  of  the  UnittMl  States.  (In  Smith- 
sonian Institution.  Contributions  to  knowledge.  Wash.,  1850. 
vol  8,  art.  1,  p.  9.     JI.) 

Gives  the  account  of  the  Arabs,  witii  tlie  names  of  its  principal  support- 
ers. 

Peschel,  Oscar  Ferdinand,  (foscliiclilo  des  zeitalters  der  ent- 
deckungen.     Stuttg.  u.  Augsb..  1858.     i>p.  39-41.     JI. 

Story  mentioned,  l)ut  nothiny  said  of  America,  and  the  Story  itself 
doubted. 

Mgjor,  R:  H:  Life  of  Prince  Ilciny  of  Portugal.  London, 
1868.     pp.  147-149.     JJ. 

Gives  the  account  of  the  Arabs,  and  adds  the  observations  of  D'Avezac 
on  the  subject,  with  whicli  lie  is  inclined  to  agree,  i.e.,  that  they  went  to 
Madeira. 

GafFarel,  Paid.  Etudes  sur  les  rapports  de  rAme'riquo  et  de 
I'Ancien  Continent  avant  Cln'istoj)he  Colond).  Paris,  1809.  pp. 
208-311.     JiJ^. 

Gives  tlie  account  of  tlic  Arabs,  of  which  he  says,  "The  Arabs  advanced 
very  far  into  tlie  Athintie,  but  of  their  journey,  or  "of  their  stay  in  America, 
we  "have  no  proof." 

Bryant,  W:  Cullen,  and  Gay,  Sidney  Howard.  Popular  his- 
tory of  tiie  United  States.     N.  Y..  1870. "  1:04-00.     JJ. 

Gay  is  the  real  author  of  this  work;  he  gives  the  account  of  the  Arabs, 
and  refers  to  IluniliohU  and  Alajor.  He  thinks  'Jiat  they  could  not  possibly, 
have  gone  west  of  the  Azores. 


IV.     DISCOVERY  BY  THE  WELSH. 

Caradoc  de  Lann-Oarvan.     Rritannorum  suecessiones.    Writ- 
ten about  1150.     [An  English  translation,  under  the  title  of  "ThQ 


PKE-COLUMIJIAN    DISCOVKUIES    OF    AMERICA. 


143 


history  of  Wales,"  by  Dr.    Powell,   nugmciitcd   bv   W.  Wynne. 
London,  1774.     t:l»5-H)7.     lil\ 

Hero  it  is  sftiri  tiiiit  Miulnwc,  son  of  Owon  (twyiicdli,  left  Wnlcw  in  1170, 
niul  Hiiili'd  wcstwiird;  "imd,  Icnviiifj  Ireland  to  \\w  nortii,  lie  cainc  at  l<Mi(jtli 
to  nn  uiiltnowii  country,  whore  niont  tilings  anpeart'il  to  liini  new  and  iincus- 
foniary,  and  tiie  niainier  of  ilie  nativen  far  different  from  wliiil  lie  iiad  »een  in 
Kurope."  It  is  furtlier  utated  liero  tiiat  II.  Lloyd  sayw  he  came  to  noiue  part 
of  Nova  Iliwpaniu  or  Florida,  and  that  Dr.  Powell  thinks  it  wan  Mexico. 

Hakluyt,  It:  Principal  niivifjations.  voijiures,  iiiul  discoverie.s 
of  the  Knjj^lish  nution.  London,  1589.  [An  edition,  London,  1810. 
3:21-22.     //.] 

(Jivc'8  tlie  Htoryof  Madoc,  which  he  snys  lie  taken  from  Powell's  History 
of  Wales.  Adds  some  verses  on  the  subject,  written  by  iMeri'ilith,  son  of 
Khesus,  about  1477.    Ills  opinion  is  that  Madoc  went  to  the  West  Indies. 

Hawkins,  SirW:  The  <)l).«*ervations  of  Sir  Richard  Hawkins, 
Knight,  ill  his  voiago  into  tho  South  Sea,  1503.  Loiulon,  1U22, 
p.  72.     //. 

Favorable.    Republished  by  the  Kakluyt  Society,  London,  1847. 

Purchas,  S:    Piirchas  his  pilgrimage, 
book  8,  p.  903.     7/.  J 

Unfavorable. 


London,  1G17.    [3d  cd.. 


Abbott,  G:    A  briefe  description  of  the  whole  world.     London, 
1620.     pp.  135-126.     //. 

Abbot  speaks  of  a  vajjiue  account  of  a  Welshman  who  went  to  America, 
which  he  says  "dotli  carry  some  show  with  it." 

Smith,  .T:     Tho  generall  historic  of  Virginia,   New-England, 
and  the  Summer  Isles.     London,  1626.     p.  1.     II. 

The  story  of  Madoc  is  mentioned,  and  it  is  added,  "  Where  this  pl;>cc  was 
no  history  can  show." 

Herbert,   Sir  T:      A   relation  of    some   yearcs'  travels  into 
Africa  and  Asia  the  Great.     London.  ICll.     pp.  394-397.     //. 

Favorable.    Ho  believes  Madoc  probably  landed  at  Newfoundland. 

Pox,  Capt.  Luke.     North-west  Fox.      London,  1635.     p.  13. 
CB. 

The  story  of  Madoc  is  given,  as  found  in  Hakluyt,  the  opinion  being 
expressed  that  he  came  to  some  part  of  the  West  Indies. 

Howell,  James.     Epistoh-e  IIo-Elianjr,  familiar  letters.     Lon- 
don, 1645-55.     [5th  ed.     London.  I(i78.     pp.  354-355.     //.] 

Says  of  tho  Madoc  claim,  "This,  if  well  proved,  might  well  entitle  ouf 
^rown'to  America,  if  flrst  discovery  may  claim  a  right  to  any  country." 


•  4 


144       PRE-COLUMHIAN    IJISCOVEKIKH    OF    AMERICA. 


Laet,  .1:  do.  Notue  ml  (liMscrtjitioiiciii  lIu;,'oiii.s  (irotii  do  ori- 
goiic  fjojitiimi  Aiiioru'iiiijinim.     I'liris,  1(!4;{.     [)\).  13T-1.")1.     Jf. 

'I'lic  ^^t<)ry  i)f  Miuldc  is  j,'ivcii,  witli  riforciicc  to  Dr.  I'owcll  and  llnkliiyt. 
Coiiii)uri8onM  of  wohIm  in  Wt-lsii  uiul  Huron  arc  given.    Kavoraljic 

Hornius,  (i:  I)e  origiiiibus  Amoricanis.  Hagiio  Coiniti.'^,  1052. 
I)|..  l;J,  i;J4-137.     //. 

Claim  of  Madoc  discuKsed,  and  lonsidrn-d  pr()l)abl(',  tliougli  not  certain. 

Montanus,  Afiioldus.  Do  niouwe  en  oiibekcndc  wecrcld. 
Amst.,  1(571.     pp.  35-;}G.     //. 

Favorable. 

Oampanius,  T:,  of  Holm.  Kort  l)oskrifiiiii<,'  otii  Provincion 
Nyo  Sworigc  uli  Amorioa.  Stockliolin,  1702.  [An  English  trans- 
lation, under  tho  tiile  of  "Do.scnption  of  tlio  Province  of  Now 
Sweden,"  by  P:S.  du  Ponceau.     Phila..  1834.     pp.  28-31.    H.] 

Claim  of  Madoc  mentioned,  but  no  opinion  expressed. 

Torfaeus,  Thorinodus.  Ilistoriu  Vinlandijo  antiqiuc.  Ilavniae, 
1705.     Preface.     //. 

Madoc's  claim  is  spoken  of  as  -'by  no  means  absurd." 

Stiiven,  J:  F:  De  vero  Novi  Orbis  inventoi'c  dissortatio  his- 
torico-critica.     Francof,  a.  M.,  1714.     pp.  31-35.     //. 

Story  believed,  but  thought  not  to  refer  to  America. 

Campbell,  .1:  Lives  of  the  admirals  and  other  eminent  British 
seamen.    London,  1742.    [3d  ed.     London,  1701.    1:251-252.    //.] 

Thoufjh  the  author  doubts  whether  Madoc  came  to  America,  lie  says, 
"There  are  authentick  records,  in  tlic  British  tongue,  as  to  this  expedition  of 
Madock's,  whereever  he  went,  prior  to  the  discovery  of  America  oy  Colum- 
bus." 

Carte,  T:    History  of  England.     Loi.don,  1747.     1:638.     //. 

Carte  says  that  Madoc  came  "  to  a  land  unknown,  probably  the  coast  of 
Florida,  or  some  more  northern  part  of  America." 

Lyttleton,  G:  History  of  tlie  life  of  King  Henry  the  Second. 
London,  17G7.     4:;371-374.     II. 

Unfavorable.  - 

Beatty,  C:  Journal  of  a  two  months'  tour  in  America.  Lon- 
don, 1768.     pp.  24-28.     //. 

Here  is  given  some  information,  derived  from  a  man  named  Sutton,  and 
another  named  Levi  Hicks,  relative  to  the  Welsh  origin  of  the  Indians  of 
Pennsylvania. 


rUE-COLUMIlIAN    DISCOVERIES   op    AMEKIOA.       145 

Burnet,  .Tiuncs  [Lord  ISronhnddol.     Of  flio  (.ritjin  and  nrntrross 
of  iHiigufiL-c!.     Ediii.,  1773.    [3d  I'd.     Ediu.,   1774.     pp.  .WJ-51K)", 


gii'ig 
note.     H.] 

Favorable 


Owen,  N.     British  remains.    London.  1777.    pp.  103-120.    //. 

^i.i*^i' »"  "  *i"''-^'  "/,'"■•  '"'"/''''  "'^<'f"""if  of  »•>  ancioiit  (lisiovciv  of  America," 
with  letterH  from  Morgan  Joiush  and  Cliurics  Lloyd  in  conllrmatiou  tlariof." 

^QQ^^^f  **°°' ^^'    Il'^tory  of  Amorica.     Lojidon,  1777.     1:430- 
4o8.     //. 

Unfavorable. 

FUson,  J:    Discovery,  .sottlcinont,  nud  present  state  of  Ken- 
tucKy.     Wash.,  1784.     i)p.  95-98.    JI. 
Favorable. 

Jones,  E :     Musical  and  poetical  rclicks  of  the  Welsli  bards 
Lonilon,  1784.     1:  37.     //. 

"The  use  of  our  poetry  in  preserving  the  memoiv  of  events,  and  tlic  aid 
V"}^  '*'!!'./"  '''/f-^V,  IH  l>roved  by  anoli.er  example,  vi/.,  of  tl  e  eele  Irate 
Madog  ab  Owen  awynedil,  and  ills  discovery  of  Ameriea,  alx.ut,  ti/c  j4ir  1170." 

o„?'"*7/"»*°"' W=    History  of  Wales.     London,  1780.     pp.334 

Favorable. 

Pennant,  T.     lutrodiiclion   lo  the  Arctic  zooloffv.     London 
1787.     [2d  ed.     London,  1792.     pp.  203-204.     //.J   "^  ' 

Unfavorable. 

Gentleman's  magazine.     London,  1789.     59:  1007-1008.     H. 

M.  F.  gives  a  letlcr  clMiminy;  the  discovery  l)y  Madoc.  He  savs  that  the 
letter  was  given  liiin  by  a  lady,  but  lie  knows  not  who  wrote  it. 

Gentleman's  magazine.    London,  1791.     vol.  01.     //. 

On  pp.  329,  39()-7,  .W-tt,  and  r!».5-(S,  W:  Owen  <7ives  many  proofs  of  the 
discovery  of  Ameriea  by  the  VVeisb.     On  pp.  012-01 1,  K :  Will  anis  gives  add! 
tional  information.     On  p.  (i93,  \..  K.  j.roposes  that  the  (Jovernmen.  send     n 

onThe  diseussimr    "'"       '  ^'■""'  "^  """  ^^'''''•'  '^^'"'"'-    ""  '*•  «"»  L.  carries 

Williams,  .7 :  An  inquiry  into  the  truth  of  the  tradition  con- 
cerning the  discovery  of  America  by  Prince  Madog  al)  Owen 
Gwynedd.    London,  1791.  ^ 

Favorable. 

Williams,  J :    Farther  observations  on  the  discovery  of  Amer- 
ica by  the  Europeans.     London,  1792. 

Favorable. 


:|l|l 


146 


PRE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


Carey's  American  museum.  Phila.,  1792.  11:  153,  209, 
tic.     II. 

An  extract  from  J :  Williams'  work. 

Belknap,  Jeremy.  American  biography.  Boston,  1794.  1 : 
58-G6.     H. 

The  author  giveH  uverythiiig  that  ho  could  fliul  on  the  subject  of  Madoc. 
He  thinks  it  not  improbable  that  the  storj  \van  invented  by  Hakluyt  to 
detract  from  Columbus'  fame. 

Burder,  G:     The  Welsh  Indiana.     Lomloii,  1797.     H. 

Here  is  given  tne  whole  story,  with  copious  references,  and  many  proofs 
not  to  be  found  elsewhere.    The  criticism  is  entirely  favorable. 

Owen,   W:     The    Cambrian    biography.     London,    1803.     p. 

233.     BM. 

"I  have  collected  a  multitude  of  evidences,  in  conjunction  with  Edward 
Williams,  the  bard,  to  prove  that  Madog  nnist  have  reached  the  American 
continent." 

Philadelphia  medical  and  physical  journal.  Pliila.,  1805. 
vol.  1,  pi.  2.     i)p.  79-9U.     BF. 

A  letter  by  Harry  Toulmin,  rej)ublished  from  the  ''Kentucky  Pallad- 
ium," telling  of  some  Welsh-Indians  in  America.  To  this  is  addedap  imfa- 
vorable  discussion  by  B:  Smith  Barton. 

Southey,  Robert.     Madoc.     Edin.,  1805.     H. 

The  poem  is  based  upon  the  Welsh  claim,  which  Southey  seems  to  believe. 

Lewis,  Merivvetlier.  The  travels  of  Capts.  Lewis  and  Clarke. 
London.  1809.     p.  2T5.     H. 

The  claims  set  forth,  but  no  opinion  expressed. 

Stoddard,  Amos.  Sketches,  historical  and  descriptive,  of 
Louisiana.     Phila.,  1812.     pp.  405-488.     II. 

A  favorable  discussion  of  the  subject. 

Finkerton,  J :  A  general  collection  of  the  best  and  most  inter- 
esting voyages  and  travels  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  London, 
1812.     12:  157;— 1814.     17 :  xxiv.     //. 

In  18:  157:  "That  the  country  TMadoc]  went  to  was  really  America,  is 
more,  I  think,  than  can  be  thoroughly  proved;  but  that  this  tah;  was  invented 
after  the  discovery  of  that  country,  on  purpose  to  set  up  a  i)rior  title,  is  most 
certainly  false."  In  17:  xxiv,  the  'VV'elsn  claim  is  spoken  of  as  "a  ridiculous 
Welsh  tiUe." 


Brackenridge,  IL  M. 
160-170.     H. 


Views  of  Louisiana.     Bait.,  1817.     pp. 


Speaks  of  Welsh  remains  in  the  valley  of  tlic  Mississipi)!,  but  considcre 
it  Impossible  that  any  such  exist. 


cov 


PRE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA.        147 

Biographie  universelle.    Mmloe.    Paris,  1830.    20:95-96.    //. 
Gives  Madoc'8  claim,  but  expresses  no  opinion. 

Buhj^ir'  ""  "'^'""''''^  discussion,  and   expresses  his  own  doubt  on  the 

•    ^^^7^  Hiigh.     Historical  account  of  discoveries  and  tmvpls 
in  North  America.     London,  1839.     1 :  13-13    ^  ^^^^^^^ 

Murray  believes  Madoc  went  to  Spain. 

Favorable. 

Cooley,  W :  Dosborough.     History  of  maritime  and  iidand  dis- 
ery.  (Lardncr's  cabinet  cyclopoedia.)  London,  1830.    1 .  215    // 

libraol' ''"'■""'''•  ""''''  •^""'^  ^*«  '•«P""ted  in  the  "Edinburgh  cabinet 
Dupaix,  Gnillaume.    Antiqiiitcs  mexicuines.    Paris,  1834    BA 

unfa;;;abl!:^.irby'iV;"^Slie  wiuiLn'  ^'''"'''"  ^  ^''''"^  '"  '•  '''~^^  i«  «" 
Humboldt,  F:  H:  Alexander  von.     Examcn  rritir.no  ,ln  I'l,;. 

Unfavorable 

Plnfaf?8m:'38h'"a"''    ^™"'-      The '  Amc-icn    nation,. 
Favorable. 

North  American  review.     Boston,  July,  1838.     47:179.     R. 
Claim  mentioned,  but  no  opinion  expref,sed. 

Gentleman's  magazine.    London,  1340.     10 :  103-105.     //. 
A  favorable  article  by  Theophilus  Evans. 

.     9*'^^"»  p:     Letters  and  notes  on  (he  manners    enstomc:    nnri 
2 :  Al^  A?'  H:  "^^""'^  ^''"^"^^^^  ^"^•-^^^-    ^y-^Mtl.:  20g1 

atth?Briizr''''^'^""''''^V^'«"^'''"^  '"^^  ^'»'«^ed  the  Mississippi  river 


148       rKE-COLUMlJIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


Colombo,  Cristoforo.  Select  letters;  ed.  by  R:  II:  Major. 
(Hakluyt  Society.)    London,  1847.     pp.  xxiii-xxv.     H. 

Madoc's  claim  considered  improbable,  but  by  no  means  impossible. 

Robinson,  Conway.  Account  of  discoveries  in  the  West  until 
1519,  and  of  vovages  to  and  alon^jj  the  Atlantic  coast  of  North 
America,  from  1520  to  1573.     Richmond,  1848.     pp.  10-11.     H. 

The  claim  mentioned,  but  no  opinion  expressed. 


Alexander,  Sir  James  E: 
90.     BA. 

Favorable. 


L'Acadie.     London,  1849.     1 :  89- 


Cambrian  Archaeological  Association.  Archo^ologia  Cam- 
brensis.    London,  1849.    4:05.    BM. 

The  nrticio  by  II.  and  M.,  giving  two  commiuiicntions  in  regard  to  the 
Welsh  claim,  wliich  appeared  in  tlie  "London  Times"  in  1846. 

Warburton,  G:  The  conquest  of  Canada.  N.  Y.,  1850.  1: 
35-30.     H. 

Unfavorable. 

Haven,  S :  P :  Archaeology  of  the  United  States,  {fii  Smith- 
sonian Institution.  Contributions  to  knowledge.  Wash.,  1850. 
V.  8,  art.  1.     pp.  10,  20,  31,  35.     H.) 

The  account  is  given,  but  no  opinion  expressed.  ' 

Palfrey,  J :  Gorham.  History  of  New  England.  Boston,  1858. 
1 :59.     H. 

The  author  says  that  the  story  is  not  without  important  corroboration,  but 
that  if  Welshmen  settled  in  America,  it  was  in  Florida  or  west  of  the  Missis- 
sippi. 

Brasseur   de    Bourbourg,   C:   Eticnnc,   Vabhe.     Popul   Vuh. 
Paris,  1801.     p.  Ixi.    H. 
Unfavorable. 

Nouvelle  biographic    generale.     jMadoc.     Paris,   1803.     32: 

634-035.     H. 

Gives  the  account  of  Madoc,  and  adds,  "  If  there  is  any  truth  in  the  story, 
Modoc  pr()l)ably  landed  to  tlie  North  of  Virginia." 

Zeitschrift  fiir  ullgemeine  Erdkunde.  Berlin,  April,  1864. 
BM.     Ostasien  und  Westamerica,  von  K:  P.  Neumann. 

In  favor  of  the  populating  of  America  from  Asia.  Contains  the  claim  of 
Hoei  Shin,  which  the  writer  believes. 

American  bibliopolist.     N.  Y.,  Feb..  1869.     pp.  47-50.     //. 
An  excellent  bibliography  of  the  Madoc  claim. 


PM-COLUM«UN    DI8COVEEIES    OP    AMERICA.        U9 

Favorable. 

of  the  discovery  of    he  iiaVf  VL.  ^  'V  v'K^^'P'     ''«^-  1-  History 
Kohl.     pp.  59-60.     //I       "'*^  ^""'"^^  "^  ^^«^"tl^  America,  by  J.  G. 

Claim  of  Madoc  mentioned,  bnt  no  view  expressed. 
285^287^"^'^'. '^•■^'''''''"'     A'^^'<^"t  America.     N.  Y.,  1872 


pp. 


The  author  "  feels  slveptical." 


Favorable. 

Favorjible. 

Of  i?nJS-bfi:^f:S-t  ''='''•     ''•     ^'--""^  to  the  discovery 
Uifravorable. 

Considers  the  Madoc  claim  donbtful. 

The  author  seems  to  be  doubtful. 
p.  m^')//'^-    ^^''^^^•"•t'^A.nericans  of  antiquity.    N.Y.,1879. 
"The  chronicle  on  which  the  daiu,  is  based  is  wanting  in  authority." 


150       ^RE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA. 


V.     DISCOVERY  BY  THE   VENETIANS. 

Zeno,  Nicolo  and  Antor.  io.  De  i  commcntarii  del  viaggio  in 
Persia  di  M.  Catariiio  Zeno.l  K.  e  delle  guerre  fatte  nelF  imperio 
Persiano,  dal  tempo  di  Ussuncassano  in  qua.  Libri  due.  E  dello 
scoprimento  dell'  isole  Frislanda,  Eshinda.  Engrovelauda,  Estoli- 
landa,  e  Icaria,  fatto  sotto  il  Polo  Artieo  da  due  i'ratelli  Zeni,  jNI. 
Nicolo  il  K.  e  M.  Antonio.  Libro  uno.  Con  un  disegno  jnartico 
lare  di  tutte  le  dette  parte  di  traniontana  da  lor  scoperte.  Venetia, 
1558.     pp.  45-58.     BM. 

This  book  consists  of  letters  collected  by  Nicolo  Zeno,  who  says  they 
were  the  correspondence  between  his  ancestors,  Nicolo  and  Antonio  Zeno, 
between  the  years  1380  and  1404.  He  «ays  the  letters,  with  a  niai),  hud  re- 
mained in  possession  of  the  family  until  he  saw  tiieir  value  and  had  them 
published.  In  these  letters  is  a  very  circumstantial  accoiuit  of  the  lands 
mentioned  in  the  title.  The  publisher  was  Francesco  Mai-colini.  The  copy 
in  the  British  Museum  is  without  the  map. 

Ramusio,  Giani  Battista.  Dolle  navigationi  e  viaggi.  Vene- 
zia,  1550-59.     [An  edition,  Venezia,  1583.     i^p.  230-333:     H.] 

The  story,  taken  from  Marcoliui's  book,  is  given  in  full. 

Ortelius,  Abraham.  Theatrum  orbis  terrarum.  Anvers,  1575. 
fol.  60.     H. 

The  whole  account  is  given  in  Latin,  with  the  map. 

Hakluyt,  R:  Principall  navigations,  voiages.  and  discoveries 
of  the  English  nation.  London,  1589.  [An  edition,  London, 
1810.     3:157-106.     H.] 

Hakluyt  gives  perfect  credence  to  the  Zeni  voyage,  and  inserts  in  full  a 
translation  of  the  work  of  Marcolini. 

Mercator,  Gerard.  Atlas,  sive  geographical  meditationes  de 
fabrica  mundi  et  fabricata  figura.  Duisbourg,  1595.  [An  etfition, 
under  the  title  of  "Ilistoria  Mundi,"  London,  1635.  pp.  25,  30-31, 
34-35.     H.] 

Speaks  of  Estotiland  as  a  part  of  America,  and  tells  what  Zeno  says  about 
Greenland  and  Iceland,  though  he  speaks  as  if  the  Zeni  story  was  not  very  well 
authenticated.  He  does  not  seem  to  have  known  tiiat  the  Zeni  discovered,  or 
even  arrived  at,  Estotiland. 

Wytfliet,  Cornelius.  Descriptionis  Ptolemaica^  augnientum. 
Lovanii,  1597.     p.  188.     H. 

Mention  is  here  made  of  the  Zeni  voyage;  and  on  the  map  of  America 
which  Wytrtiet  gives,  Labrador  is  called  Estotiland.  Thus  Wytlliet  is  the  first 
to  connect  the  Zeni's  discoveries  with  any  part  of  America. 

Botero,  Giovanni.  Relaciones  universales  del  mundo.  Valla- 
dolid,  1603.     pp.  183  reverse-184.     If. 


PRE-COLUMHIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMEKICA.        151 

DroS^^,$lin5:f;;l;;^;;^j;'^S«J.  ^^^  -'«  of  ^n.UM,  and  also  the  isle  Of 
Gll^^S?"^*'^'  P'li'flms,  his  pilgrimuge.  Loudon,  1025.  3:610- 
ica  KoJneit^-Mf ''''^ '"  *"'  '"'''°'  »'"*  "°  ™«"«on  is  made  of  Amer- 
pp.  TSs'-tS!''  ^p.^"'"""  Danicarum  historia.    Amstelodami,  1681. 

C7Z?^°''' ^"■^^"  ^"''''-     ^'o^-th-^vest  Pox.    London,  1635.    pp.  5-12. 

is  giv;^\S;n*^l1akl?S/lffl^^^^  confuting.   tIk-  Zeni  story 

portions  of  Ainerica  "^  *■    ^«n»ifl'^'-«  the  lands  discovered  to  be 

AinfA^lua  ^Vfn'o,?"  "r'^\ne  ffPntium  An.orioanarum  dissertatio. 
de"Sln  is  irotlnf.^  '■'*'''  •'"•  ^'^'}''  ^^""""«'  "  t'ommentatio 
89.    i'S]  '^"'''"'"  ''^'"''^''-      ^'it<^l'<^i"g«(>,  1714.     p. 

tl.eZ^^,^fSfscfn?rtl"San!,'Ur;7h?autho^^;r''"^"/°^  ""-^  ^^^^  <'^"^ 

they  claimed  al.o  the  diSry  of  Estotilan  J  ''  ""'  ''""  '"  ""^  *^  '^"""'"  ♦'^"' 

in  Jf°P;?*";'<^'l'^"^^i»«Bartholonmo,is.  Orbi.s  maritimi  sive  rorum 
p  593.     "ij^l*^""''"^  gestaruni  gcneralis  l.istoria.     Divione,  Tm. 

Favorable. 
o-pnSnm''^*.'''^"  •  ■^'*^*^''  ^'^  '^issertationeni  Ilugonis  Gi-otii  de  oriffinc 

We  here  read,  "  The  Zeni  story  is  deserving  of  suspicion." 

Pfl,?!*  i^M*^®r  J®  ^^Tf.*"'  r^''"firi?ois  Jo.     La  geogranhie  du  prince 

Pans,  1651.     [In  hts  (Envvo^.     3«  ed.     ParisT  16'62.     p  819    Tl 

Favorable.  '  "•' 

pp. ?55"l56:  ^11  ^^  ^"S"^^^"«  Araericanis.    Hagae  Comitis,  1652. 

the  s;!;;:^S'Tm;;ssi  ^^,^v!^s^^?^x'l^:'''  't^^^^'^  "-^ 

qiiaintod  with  the  matter."  consiatred  true  by  those  who  are  unac- 


Homius,  G:     Ulyssea.     Lugduni,  1671. 


p.  335.     BJl 


eithSSnd'or^c^ltra^.^''  ''^''"  "^  ""'''^'''^  considering  Estotiland  to  be 


152       PRE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OP    AMERICA. 

Montanus,  Arnoldus.  De  nieuwe  en  onbekende  wecrekl.  Arast., 
1671.     p.  29.     //. 

Favorable. 

Riccioli,  J :  Bnptista.  Geograpliiac  et  hvdrographiae  reformatac. 
Venetiis,  1672.     p.  8!).     BM. 

Says  that  in  1381  the  Zeni  sailed  to  Labrador,  to  which  some  Frisland  fish- 
ermen had  already  penetrated  about  1340,  and  that  Labrador  is  divided  from 
Estotiland  by  the  river  Nivoeus,  usually  called  Rio  Nevudo. 

Beemann,  J:  C.  Historia  orbis  terraruin  geographicn  et  civilis. 
Francof.  ad  Odcrani.,  1073.     [3»  od.     1685.     pp.  152-153.     B3I.] 

Speaks  of  Frisland  as  jirobably  a  small  island  of  >«orth  America.  Says 
tluit  not  much  is  known  about  it,  but  that  Ortelius  tells  us  it  was  discovered 
by  Niiolo  Zeno. 


Historia  Vinlaiidia>  antiquse.     Ilavniae, 


Torfaeus,  Thonnodus. 
1705.     Prd'aco.     Jl. 

"The  stories  which  arc  told  of  the  Zeni  may  bo  true.''  Also.  "I  do  not 
quarrel  about  the  name,  su.ce  Sanson  d"  Abbeville  and  the  recent  geograi)hers 
rec()j;nize  Tcrtniu  Xovani  Ij.iboratoris  and  Estotilandiam  as  synonymous;  yet 
1  suspect  that  this  is  not  the  same  land  as  the  Zeni  describe." 

Stuven,  J :  F :  D-  vero  Novi  Orbis  invcntore  dissertatio  historieo- 
eritica.     Francof.  a.  M.,  1714.     pp.  35-36.     //. 

Unfavorable.  Fully  recognizes  that  the  Zeni  story  was  a  claim  to  the  dis- 
covery of  America. 


Foscarini,  M; 
406-408.     JL 


Delia  letteDitu^a  veneziana.    Padova,  1752.    1 : 


The  voyage  of  the  Zeni  is  given  as  an  authentic  piece  of  history,  with  ref- 
erences to  Marcolini's  book;  but  no  connection  with  America  is  suggested. 

Tiraboschi,  Girolaino.  Storia  della  letteratura  italiana.  Mo- 
dena,  1773-87.     [2d  ed.,  Modena,  1789.     5:132-135.    //.] 

Gives  the  Zeni  story,  of  which  Tiraboschi  says,  "The  judgment  of  Ch. 
Foscarini  alone,  who  has  not  tin;  least  doubt  of  the  sincerity  of  tlie  story,  is 
sufficient  to  make  me  believe  It." 

Forster,  .T:  Itoinholdt.  Gosphichte  der  entdecktingcn  und 
.sfhitfalirten  iin  Nordoii.  Frankfurt,  1784.  [An  English  transla- 
tion, under  the  title  of  "  IlistoiT  of  voyages  jind  discoveries  in  the 
North."     I.ondon,  1786.     pp.  178-209."    If.] 

Favorable.  Considers  Estland  to  be  Shetland;  Engroneland,  Greenland; 
Estotiland,  Newfoundland;  and  Drogio,  Florida. 

Institut  de  France.  Accuh'mie  dcs  Sciences.  Histoire  pom* 
1784.  Paris,  1787.  pp.  430-453.  Memoire  sur  File  de  Frisland, 
par  M.  Biiaehe.     fl. 


PRE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA.        153 


Gives  the  Zeiii  map,  with  a  loiijj  (liscii(<Hi()n  of  the  subject,  the  author 
arrivlug  at  the  conchixion  that  the  claiui  is  well  fouiulecl. 

Monthly  review.     Lonaoii,  1788.     78:  165-166.     II. 

The  reviewer  of  Biiache's  Meuioir  states,  "  Wt'  ilo  not  know  which  of  the 
contending  parties  is  right." 

Eggers,  II:  P:  von  Ueber  die  wahre  lage  ties  alten  Ostgi'J^n- 
la'ids.     Kiel,  1794.    pp.  96-116.     //. 

He  considers  the  account  true,  but  is  uncertain  whether  the  Zeni  came  to 
America. 

Belknap,  Jeremy.   American  biography.    Boston,  1794.    1:67- 

85.    11. 

The  Zeni  narrative  is  here  given,  which  the  author  credits  in  part;  but  he 
does  not  believe  that  the  Zeni  came  any  farther  west  than  (ireenlaud. 

Boucher  de  la  Richarderie,  Gilles.  Bibliotheque  iniiversello 
ties  voyages.     Paris,  1808.     1 :  53-54.     //. 

"It  is  to-day  comi)let('ly  proved  that  the  famous  chart  of  these  Zeni  broth- 
ers indicates  u  part  of  America." 

Zuria,  Placido.  Dissertaziono  intorno  ai  viaggi  o  scoporte  .sct- 
tentrioiiali  di  Nicolo  ed  Antonio  Zeni.     Venezia.  1808.     JiP. 

Favorable,  An  exhaustive  discussion  of  the  subject.  The  Zeni  chart  is 
added. 

Annales  des  Voyages.  Paris,  1810.  10:72-87.  H.  Tableau 
historique  des  decoiivertes  et  geographiques  des  Scandinaves  on 
Norinands;  par  Malte-Brun, 

Here  is  a  copy  of  the  Zeni  chart,  with  a  favorable  discussion. 

Pinkerton,  J:  A  general  collection  of  the  best  and  most  inter- 
esting voyages  and  travels  in  all  parts  of  the  world.  London,  1814. 
17:xxiv.'  H. 

Sayfi  of  the  voyage  of  the  Zeni  that  it  "  indicates  the  existence  of  islands 
far  to  the  northwest." 

Quarterly  review.     London.  Oct.,  1816.     16: 165,  wo/e, //. 

Favorable. 

Malte-Brun,  Conrad.  Precis  de  la  geographic  iinivorselle. 
Paris,  1817.     pp.  280,  289.     //. 

Expresses  faith  in  the  Zeni  story,  but  says  nothing  of  America. 

ZurIa,  Placido.  Di  Marco  Polo  e  degli  altri  viagglatori  venezi- 
ani.     Venezia,  1818.     pp.  3-94.     HP. 

The  portion  of  this  work  which  relates  to  the  Zcnl  is  little  more  than  a 
reprint  of  the  author's  work  ])ublished  in  1808. 


154       PRE-COLCMIJIAN    HISCOVERIKS    OF    AMERICA. 


Barrow,  Sir  J :     A  chronological  history  of  voyages  into  the 
Arctic  regions.     London,  1818.     pp.  13-26.     //. 


Favorable. 

Daru,  P:  Antoine  Noel  Bruno.  Histoire  tie  la  republiqiie  de 
Venise.     Paris,  1819.     [•^'' ed.     Paris,  1821.     6;  295-298.     //.] 

Unfavorable. 

Hoff,  K.  Ernst  Adolf  von.  Geschichte  der  duroh  liberlieferung 
nachgewiesenen  natUrlichen  veranderungen  der  erdoberflache. 
Gotha.  1832.     1 :  178-202.     BM. 

Favorable. 

Biographie  universelle.    Zeno.    Paris,  1828.    52:228-238.    //. 
Inclined  to  be  favorable. 

Irving,  Wasliington.  History  of  the  life  and  voyages  of  Chris- 
topher Cohunbiis.     London,  1828.     pp.  217-224.     //. 

Here  the  Zoni  question  if  discngBed  at  great  lengtli,  and  Irving  sayp,  "The 
whole  story  resembles  much  the  fables  circulated  shortly  after  the  discovery 
of  Columbus,  to  arrogate  to  other  nations  and  individuals  the  credit  of  tho 
achievement." 

Murray,  Hugh.  Historical  account  of  discoveries  and  travels 
in  North  America.     I^ondon,  1820.     1 :  28-36.     //. 

Unfavorable.  Murray  thinks  that  Estotiland  was  Ireland;  Drogio,  Spain 
or  the  south  of  France;  and  Estland,  Shetland. 

Oooley,  W:  Desborough.  History  of  maritime  and  inland  dis- 
covery.    (Lardner  s  cabinet  cyclo{)aH'iia.)    London,  1830.     1 :  221- 


225. 


i'l. 


Favorable.  Considers  Engroneland  to  be  Greenland;  Estotiland,  New- 
foundland ;  and  Drogio,  Nova  Scotia  or  New  England.  This  book  was  reprinted 
in  the  "Edinburgh  cabinet  library." 

Biddle,  It:  A  memoir  of  Sebastian  Cabot.  London,  1831.  pp. 
328-332.     //. 

Speaks  of  the  Zeni  claim  as  "that  memorable  fraud." 

Priest,  .Josiah.  Anieri'  lU  antiquities,  and  discoveries  in  the 
West.     Albany,  1833.     pi    224-240.     //. 

Favorable. 

Leslie,  J:,  Jameson,  Robert,  and  Murray,  Hugh.  Narrative 
of  discovery  and  adventure  in  the  Polar  Seas  and  Regions.  N.Y., 
1833.     pp.  88-89.     //. 

Of  the  Zeni  claim  the  authors  say,  "We  incline  to  think  that  the  passages 
which  have  suggested  this  conclusion  are  either  misunderstood  or  interpo- 
lated." 


PRE-COLUMBIAN    D1SCOVEKIE8    OF    AMEKlCA. 


155 


r 


Nordisk  Tidsskrift  for  Oldkyndighed.  KjObenhnvn,  1833. 
1:1-35.  11.  Bt'iiifiorkniiiji;!'!"  0111  (le  Vt'iiezianeniL'  Zeiii  tilskrevne 
reiser  i  Norden,  vod  C:  C'.  Zalirtiniinii. 

Uiifavorubk'.  Suys  tlint  the  cliiirt  was  coinpilcd  from  honrsny  iiiforinntion, 
that  Frisland  is  the  FurOc  If-laiids,  ami  that  tlie  Htory  irt  rt'i)lftL'  \vitli  tlction. 

Dupaix,  (iruilliiuine.  Anti(iuites  incxicaines.  Paris,  1834.  1: 
163-lGH.  liA.  Kochorclics  sur  Ics  anti(juites  rle  I'AiiR'rique  du 
Nord  et  do  rAinerique  du  Sud,  par  D:  Bailie  Warden. 

Favorable.  The  claim  i»  also  mentioned  in  an  article  by  Francois  C:  Farcy 
(v.  1,  no.  {),  p.  61),  but  no  view  is  expressed. 

Zahrtmann,  C:  V.  Hciii.irks  on  the  v«ya<,'es  to  the  Northern 
Ileniisphere  a.seribed  to  the  Zeni  of  Venice.  (Royal  Geo-  mphieal 
Soc.)     London,  1835.     5:]03s(i.     HP. 

Thl8  is  very  much  the  same  article  as  that  in  the  "Nordisk  Tids.«krift." 


Rafinesque,    Constantine    Snialtz. 
Phila.,  1836.     2:282.     //. 
Favorable. 


The    American    nations. 


Humboldt,  P:  H:  Alexander  von.     Examen  critique  do  I'his- 

toire  de  la  geogi'ai)liie  du  nouveau  continent.    Paris,  1837.    2:  120- 

124.     H. 

"The  isolation  of  facts,  and  the  absence  of  all  recrimination,  remove  nil 
suspicion  of  deception,  while  the  extreme  confusion  in  the  distances  and  days 
of  sailiui!;  seem  to  prove  the  disorder  in  the  compilation,  and  the  sad  condition 
of  these  manuscripts,  which  the  desceniiants  of  the  voyagers  Zeiio  confess  to 
have  torn  in  pieces,  being  ignorant  of  their  value." 

North  American  raview.   Boston.  July,  1838,   47:177-200.  U. 
A  favorable  article  by  lion.  G :  Folsom. 

Malte-Brun,  Conrad.     Geographie   universelle.      Paris,   1841. 

1:207  211.     //. 

Favorable.  Considers  Estotiland  to  be  Newfoundland;  and  Drogio,  Nova 
Scotia  and  New  England. 

Grbnlands  Historiske  Mindesmaerker.  Kjobenhavn,  1845. 
3 :  529-624.     //. 

An  exhaustive  article,  by  J.  H.  Bredsdorf,  in  favor  of  the  claim, 

Colombo,  Pristoforo.  Select  letters;  ed.  by  R:  H:  Major. 
(Hakluyt  Society.)    London,  1847.     pp.  xxv-xxvii.     //. 

Zeni  claim  mentioned  by  Mr.  Major,  hut  no  opinion  expressed. 

Robinson,  Conway.  An  account  of  discoveries  in  the  West 
until  1519,  and  of  vovages  to  and  along  the  Atlantic  coast  of  North 
America,  from  1520  to  1573.     Richmond.  1848.     pp.  11-20.     //. 

Unfavorable. 


156       PRE-OOLUMBIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA.. 


Lelewel,  Joachim.  Giiogninhio  du  moyen  age.  Brux.,  1852. 
4:79-108.     JiP. 

Tlie  (lipciiHHidii  is  cliicrty  in  rp<;iir(l  to  tho  innp.  CoiiHldprs  Rutland  to  bo 
Shetland;  FriHland.  tho  FciOt?  Islis;  Kstotiland,  tho  mouth  of  tlic  St.  Lawrence; 
and  Urogio,  Nova  Scotia  and  New  England. 

Haven,  S;  F.  Arolnrology  of  the  United  States.  {In  Smith- 
sonian Institution.  Contributions  to  knowledge.  Wash.,  1856. 
V.  8,  art.  1.    pp.  10-11.     H.) 

Zenl  Htory  mentioned,  but  no  opinion  expressed. 

Brasseur  de  Bourbourg,  (':  l^^tienno.  VahhL  TTistoiro  dos 
nations  civilit^ecs  lUi  j\lexi(iue  ct  de  rAinericiue-Centrale.  Paris, 
1857.     1 :  22.     H. 

Favorable. 

Palfrey,  J :  Gornam.  History  of  Now  England.  Boston,  1858. 
1 :  59-00.     //. 

Claim  mentioned,  but  no  opinion  expressed. 

Peschel,    Oscar  Ferdinand.      Geschichto    dt^ 
ontdeckiingen.     Stuttg.  u.  Augsb.,  1858.     p.  107. 

Unfavorable. 


zeitalters    der 
H. 


Domenech,  Em..  Pahbe.  Seven  years'  residence  in  the  Great 
Deserts  of  North  America.     London.  18G0.     1 :  00.     BP. 

Claim  mentioned,  but  no  opinion  expressed. 

Asher,  G:  M.  Henry  Ilud.son  the  navigator.  (Ilakluyt  Soci- 
ety.)   London,  1800.    \)\).  clxiv-clxvii.    IJ. 

lie  says  that  in  solving  the  Zcni  question,  "  No  very  satisfactory  result  has 
yet  been  iittained."  ^ 

Gaffarel,  Paid.  Etudes  sur  les  rapports  de  I'Ainerique  et  do 
I'Ancieii  Contiiu-nt  avant  Cliristophe  Oolomb.  Paris,  1809.  pp. 
201-379.     BP. 

Favorable.  Considers  Fricsland  to  be  the  FerOc  Isles:  Estland,  Shetland; 
Bros,  IJressa;  Minant,  Mainland;  Island,  Inst;  Talus,  Toal;  Broas,  Buras; 
Trans,  Tronda;  Engrovoland,  Greenland;  Icaria,  Anticosti,  Prince  Edward 
Island,  or  Baltin'sLand;  Estotiland,  Labrador  or  Newfoundland;  andDrogeo, 
Nova  Scotia  or  New  England. 

Willis,  W:  Documentary  history  of  the  State  of  Maine. 
(Maine  Hist.  Soc.  2d  ser.,  v.' 1.)  Portland,  1869.  vol.1.  His- 
tory of  the  discovery  of  the  East  Coast  of  North  America,  by  J.  G. 
Kohl.     pp.  93-100.     //. 

Favorable.  A  map  of  the  Zeni  discoveries  Is  given,  and  conjectures  as  to 
the  particular  spots  are  offered. 


PRK-COLUMIJIAN    DISCOVEKIES    OF    AMEUICA. 


157 


De  Costa,  Rev.  B:  Franklin.  The  Northmen  in  Maine. 
Albany.  1870.     pp.  :{0-42.     //. 

"The  chart  of  the  Zeiil  brotherB,'  In  Kohl's  work,  Is  criticised. 

De  Oosta,  liei'.  B:  Franklin.  Columbus  and  the  geographers 
of  the  North.     IlartiVml,  1872.     pp.  19-22.     //. 

Ho  here  disciiHscM  the  probability  tliut  Columbus  had  seen  the  Zeni  map. 

Oornhill  magaziiie.     London,  Oct.,  1872.     pp.  453-454.    11, 

Legends  of  Old  America. 

"The  American  imrtiotis  of  ZcnoV  voyage  are  pr()l)al)ly  iiotliinj;  more 
than  a  clumsy  interpolation  into  a  genuine  narrative  of  an  Italian  nierehaiit's 
travels."  This  article  was  reprinted  in  "Littell's  living  age,"  Boston,  1S73. 
no.  1541,  p.  765.    //. 

Zeno,  Nicolo  and  Antonio.  Voyages,  by  II:  II:  Major.  (Ilak- 
luyt  Society.)    London,  1873.     //. 

Contains  the  whole  of  Mnrcolini's  work  in  the  original,  to<;ether  with  a 
translation.  A  f«v()nil)le  Introduction  i^  preli.\ed,  with  a  copy  of  tlic  Zeni 
chart  and  some  other  ma])s. 

Qravier,  Gabriel.  Decouvertc  do  rAmerinue  par  Ics  Normands 
an  x«  sieole.     Paris,  1874.     pp.  183-211.     BP. 

Favorable.    A  copy  of  the  chart.    Places  identified. 

Massachusetts  Historical  Society.  Proceedings.  Boston, 
1875.  Proc.  for  Oct.,  1874.  pp.  352-300.  //.  [Aim,  separately 
issued,  Boston,  1875.  //.]  On  the  voyages  of  the  Veuetian 
brothers  Zeno,  by  R :  II :  IVIajor. 

This  is  a  resume,  with  the  Zeni  map,  of  Major's  larger  work  on  the  sub- 
ject. 

Goodrich,  Aaron.  A  history  of  the  character  and  achievements 
of  the  so-called  Christopher  Columbus.  N.  Y.,  1874.  pp.  90-91. 
BP. 

Favorable. 

Bartlett,  J:  Russell.  Bibliotheea  Americana:  a  catalogue  of 
books  relating  to  North  and  South  America,  in  the  library  of  the 
late  J :  Carter  Brown.     Providence,  1875.     1:211-213.     If. 

Gives  the  Zeni  map.  The  l)ibliograp!iy  of  the  suliject  is  considered.  The 
author  says,  "It  requires  few  arguments  to  show  the  utter  falsity  of  the  state- 
ments made  in  the  narrative  of  flic  Zeni,  which  more  plainly  appears  iij)on  an 
examination  of  the  map  accompanying  the  volume,  where  tlie  islands  referred 
to  and  visited  are  laid  down." 

Potter's  American  monthly.  Phila.,  1875.  5:905-900.  //. 
The  visits  of  Europeans  to  Americii  in  the  10th  and  11th  centuries, 
by  R:  Pilon. 

Favorable. 


11 

i" 


158       rRK-COLUMMIAX    DISCOVKIilKS    OF    AMLIilCA. 


Bryant,  W;  Cullcn,  and  Oay,  Sidney  Howard.     IVipular  his- 
tory of  Ma- Uiiilcd  States.     N.  Y.,  187(i."   l:7U-«r).     11. 

Hryiint  bellcvoH  that  the  Zeni  story  la  a  fabrication. 

Foster,  J:  Wells.     Pre-historic  races  of  the  United  States  of 
Nortii  America.     Chicago,  1878.     pp.  y<J9-400.     U. 

Unfuvorablu. 


VI.     DISCO VKIiV   BY  TIIK   I'ORTrorESE. 


|i  ■.. 


Barrow,  Sir  J :  A  (fhronologicul  history  of  voyages  into  the 
Arctic  KegioMs.     lioiuloii.  1818.     pi).  37-3!).'    If. 

Spcalis  of  it  ai  an  c>stal)lisli('ii  fact,  tliat  Jolm  Vaz  Costa  fortrrrnl  disrov- 
orcd  NcwfoiiiKllaiul  In  HVA  or  IKM.  lie  ri'fiTs  to  Antonio  Cordciro,  "  llistoria 
insiilann  tlas  ijli.is  ii  I'ortiiual  HU;;('ytas  no  Occaiio  OiH'iilcntal,''  l,iKl)i)n,  1717, 
lie  (loi'H  not  ni"ntion  tlic  pu^c,  liowcvcr:  and  no  one  elHc  lias  i>vi'r  iicen  able 
to  tind  in  tluil  l)t<ok  anything  about  tliis  claim  of  Cortereul'M. 

Oooley,  W:  Desboroiigh.  History  of  maritime  and  inland  dis- 
covery. (Lardner's  cabinet  cvcloi)a'(Jiu.)  London,  1830.  p.  138. 
II.     ' 

Of  Cortoroal,  the  author  says,  "Tlieri'  seems  little  reason  to  doubt  that 
he  discovered  Newfoundland  lon^  Ijeforc  tlie  time  of  Cabot."  This  book  was 
reprinted  in  the  "Edinburyli  cabinet  library." 

Biddle,  R:  IMeinoir  of  Sebastian  Cabot.  London,  1821.  pp. 
280-298.     //. 

Unfavorable.  Accuses  Barrow  of  never  bavins:  looked  into  Cordeiro's 
book:  and  adds,  "Thus  does  the  evidence,  in  support  of  this  preposterous 
claim,  disappear." 

Humboldt,  F:  II:  Alexander  von.  Kxumen  critique  dc  I'his- 
toirc  do  la  gc'ograi)hie  dii  nouvoau  continent.    Paris,  1836.    1 :279. 

Unfavorable. 

North  American  review.     Boston,  July,  1838.     47:179.     //. 
j'lon.  G:  Folsom  says:  "There  is  little,  if  any,  ground  for  the  claim." 

Colombo,  Cristoforo.  Select  letters:  ed.  by  K:  IL  Major. 
London,  1847.     (Hakluyt  Society.)     pp.  xxvii-xxx      //. 

Mr.  Major's  opinion  is  unfavorable. 

Haven,  S:  F.  Archaeology  of  the  United  States.  {In  Smith- 
sonian Institution.  Contributions  to  knowledge.  Wash.,  1856. 
v.  8,  art.  1.  p.  9.     IT.) 

Claim  mentioned,  but  no  view  expressed. 


PRE-COLUMIHAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMERICA.        159 

Palfrey,  J:  Gorlmin.  Flistory  of  New  England.  Hoston,  18"»S. 
1 :  00.     11. 

Claim  mentioned,  but  no  vlow  cxpri'Msed. 

Gafifarel,  Piiul.  I'^tiulcs  sm*  les  rapports  de  rAincriqun  et  dc 
I'Ancien  Continent  aviint  Christophe  Colomb.  Farii^,  1809.  pp. 
328-330.     BP. 

I'nfavorablL'. 

Willis,  W:  Documentarv  history  of  tho  State  of  Maine. 
(Maine  Hist.  Soc.  2(1  ser.,  v.  1.  Portland,  1809.)  vol.  1.  History 
of  the  discovery  of  the  East  Coast  of  Nortii  America,  by  J.  G. 
Kohl.     pp.  lOS-KJO.    //. 

Of  CortcreaPs  claim,  Kolil  sayH,  "  For  tills  tiicre  Is  no  rcliablu  evidence." 

Bryant,  W:  Cullen,  and  Gay,  Sidney  Howard.  Popular  his- 
tory of  the  United  Slates.     N.  Y.,  187(5. "  1: 140-141,  note.     11. 

Says  Biddle  has  shown  that  there  is  no  good  nuthority  for  the  claim. 


VII.     DISCOVERY  BY  THE   POLES. 

Gomara,  Francisco  fjopez  de.  Ilistoria  general  de  las  Indias, 
con  hi  conquista  del  Mexico  y  de  la  Nueya-Plspafia.  Medina,  1553. 
[A  French  translation,  under  tlie  title  of  "Ilistoire  generalle  des 
Indes  Occidentales  et  Terres  Neuves  nui  jusques  a  present  ont  este 
dcscouvertes,"  par  Martin  I'uinee.     I'aris,  1578.     p.  48,  chap.  37. 

Says  casually,  "Th(-  people  of  Xorway  have  also  boon  there  [i.e.  to  Labra- 
dor] with  the  pilot  -Tchan  Scolve  and  the  English  with  Sebastian  Gavoto." 

Balle-forest,  Francois  de.  L'histoire  uniyersellc  du  monde. 
Paris,  1577.     p.  350,  reverse.     BP. 

N 

Favorable. 

Wytfliet,  Cornelius.  Descriptionis  Ptoleniaictc  augmentum. 
Lovanii,  1597.     p.  188.     //. 

Here  it  is  stated  that  in  1476  Scolvus  was  carried  to  Labrador  and  Estoti- 
land. 

Pontanus,  I:  Rerum  Danicarum  historia.  Amst.,  1631.  p. 
703.     BP. 

Favorable.    Quotes  from  Wytfleit. 

Morisotus,  Claudius  Bartholomaeus.  Orbis  maratimi  sive 
rerum  in  mari  et  littoribus  gestarum  generalis  historia.  Divione, 
1043.     p.  593,     BM. 

Favorable. 


ICU       PKE-COLUMBIAN    DISCOVEKIES    OF   AMERICA. 

Hornius,  G:  Ulyssca.     Lugdiini,  1G71.     j).  335.     BM. 
torS^^  *^"*  '"  1476Scolnu8  discovered  "f return  Anian  ct  Terram  Labora- 

Placido  Zurla.     Di  ]\Larco  Polo  e  dcgli  altri  viaL'datori  venczi- 
ani.    Vcnczia,  1818.    3:26,  wo/e.    BP.  ofe^Hion  venczi 

Favorable, 
no  ?"^%^'  ^'li"'""^^-    ^"tiquitc's  moxiciiines.    Paris,  1834.  v.  1, 
expr^e'sS.™''"""""''*  '"  ""  "'""'''"  ^^  Fran90is  Charles  Farcy,  but  no  view 

Humboldt,  F:  TT:  Aloxan.lcr  von.     P]xainen  critique  de  I'his- 
toiie  tie  la  geographic  du  uouveau  continent.    Paris,  1«37. "  2: 152- 

Acknowledges  that  ho  is  doubtful. 

North  American  review.      Boston,  July,  1838.     47:179.     //. 
Claim  mentioned,  but  no  opinion  cxprei^sed. 

3:5m15M«8Sw*°  »"°*-»-*3r.    Kjohcnhavn.  1841. 
A  favorable  article,  by  C.  Pingcl. 

Colombo,   Cristoforo.     Select  letters:    ed.    i)v   R:  II.    Maior 
(Ilakluyt  Society.)     London,  1847.     pp.  xxv-xxvii.     y/  '' 

Claim  mentioned,  but  no  opinion  expressed. 

4:105^-106^^V'?p'""'*     ^''^'''^''"'^I'^""^  '^'i  ™oycn  age.     Brux.,  1853. 

The  author  says  that  Scolnus  went  to  Labrador. 
1 :  60.^^7/^'  '^"  ^''^'^"""-    ^^^''^"^■y  0^  N'^^^  England.     Boston,  1858. 

Claim  mentioned,  but  no  opinion  expressed. 

Asher,  G:  M      Henry  Hudson,  the  navigator.     (Hdduyt  Soci- 
ety.;    London.  18G0.     np.  xcviii-xcix.     H.  :i    ^  ^^ 

He  thinks  Kolnus  went  to  Greenland. 

^at'^'Ht*-'*^-     I^r'«"'n'^"t'iry    history    of    the  state   of    Maine. 
(Ma  ne    list.  Soc.    3d  ser.,  v.  1.)    Portland.  1800.    Vol.  1.  IlistoiT 

t^:  ^"iT-m. ":;/.    ^"'"^  '^  ^"^■''  ^^'"^••■^'^'  ^y  J-  ^' 


161 


of 


et  de 
330. 
Favorable. 

Favorable.  ' 

torf,7ff  Z£t';  erN**"?:'  ^r  i"^s"'v  '""p"'"  w- 

Claim  ,„e„il„„c,l,b„i„„o„l„fo„„„„.„^       '       '         ' 
VIII.     DISCOVKRY  BY  MARTIN  BEHAIM 

IMS!''^oi:'''1^3"'"V/.''''^'"°«™P'''™  ''«iplin»  compel 

gr.dS*'  "'  '"■'  •••'="«>•"  B""«".l  '-......, ,,  Ma,,,g„„„.„,„  ^„.„.„„^  ^  ^, 

l»,  ""S.l'.iriL';S,,l.';i/S;';nt£''.'..''«'''""  '■>  ".«'dl.c„very  „,  Amor. 

Leip- 


^'??^'^:^SSS"'^^'•     I'-^''^'-i-he  GeschicLte 


zig,  1759.     1:133-134;     ;?P. 

Claim  mentioned,  but  (Jebauer  i«  doubtful. 

ch  JrpTcS„n."''f,sl-;s„;ri7Sf  °  S""""'  ""^ "»-"  ^*. 

^^.Ro^rt,on,W:     History  „,  America.     London,  1777.     I:„„te 


162       PRE-COLUMBIAN    DlSCOVElilES    OF    AMEKICA. 


Murr,  Christopli  Gottlieb  von.  DiplonmtifSflK'  Gescliiohto,  dos 
Ritlers  Bchaim.  Niirnljcrg;.  1778.  [A  Krciicli  translation  in  C. 
Amoretti's  translation  of  I'igafctta's  "  Pri'inier  voyage  autour  du 
Monde,"  l)y  II.  J.  Jansen.  '  Paris.  1801.  //.  Also  an  Knglisii 
translation  in  .1  :  Pinki'rton's  ''General  collection  of  the  best  and 
most  interestini^  vovages  and  travels  in  all  parts  of  the  world." 
London,  1812.  ^  11 : ■39'2-420.     7/.] 

Hchaim's  claim  in  iliscusscd,  and  a  poriioii  of  lii>  cliari  is  Kiveii.  "The 
history  and  tlic  trlobc  of  Bi'liuini  aljsoliiti'ly  dcxtroy  all  tlioso  i)retcn!»ions,  and 
prove  that  ho  had  no  kuo\vU'di,'c  of  America. '" 

American  Philosophical  Society.  Transactions.  Phihi.,  1786. 
2 :  2G;3-384.     //. 

A  letter  from  Mr.  Otto  to  Dr.  Franklin,  in  which  it  is  claimed  that  Martin 
Rehaim  lirst  discovered  America.  Amont;  otlier  ijroofs  the  writer  cities  a  ter- 
restrial <;;lol)e  made  l)y  Mi'liaini,  now  in  the  arcliives  of  llie  lihrary  at  Niirem- 
hcrj^,  on  which  we  tlnd  the  land  that  he  discovered  in  siicli  a  position  tliat  it 
must  bu  the  present  coasts  of  Hrazil  and  the  environs  of  the  Straits  of  Magel- 
lan, says  Mr.  (Jtto. 

Belknap,  Jeremy.     A  discourse  intended  to  commemorate  the 

discovery  of   America    by  Christopher  Columbus.     Boston,  1792. 

pp.  85-99.     n. 

Unfavorable.  This  article  was  rejjrinted  in  Jercniv  BelknapV  "Amcican 
biography."' -Boston,  irsM.    1 :  1-,'H-141.    //. 

Cladera^  Don  Cristobal.  Investigaciones  historieas  sobre  los 
principiiles  desciibriinientos  de  los  Kspanoles.     31{idrid,  1794.     //. 

An  exhaustive  work  on  the  claim  of  Behaim,  attem|)ting  to  overthrow  it 
entirely.  It  contains  a  map  of  a  ])ortion  of  Beluiinr.s  globe.  A  translation 
into  Spanish  of  Alurr's  article  on  Behaim  is  also  given. 

Amoretti,  C:  Preface  to  a  French  translation  of  Pigafetta's 
"Premier  voytige  aiitoiu'  dii  Monde."    Paris.  1801.     pp.  21-28.    //. 

The  claim  of  Beiiaim  is  considered,  and  the  writer  thinks  that,  though 
Belinim  lirst  discovered  America,  lie  did  not  know  it  until  after  ho  had  com- 
pared Itis  own  discoveries  witli  tliose  of  CoUimhns. 

North  American  review.     Boston,  1822.     14:37-38.     //. 

J.  G.  Cogswell  sjM'aks  of  the  assertion  that  Behaim  discovered  America 
before  Columbus  as  "  a  trilling  error." 

Tates,  J:  V.  N.,  (nid  Moulton,  Josepli  White.     History  of  the 
State  of  New  York.     X.  V..  1824.     p.  104.     11. 
Claim  mentioned,  but  no  view  expressed. 

Irving,  Washington.  History  of  the  life  and  voyages  of  Chris- 
topher Cohimbns.  London.  1828.'  pp.  208-212.     //. 

The  question  of  Behaim  is  taken  up  at  considerable  length,  and  Irving 
cxijlains  the  claim  as  "founded  on  tlie  misinterpretation  of  a  passage  inter- 
polated in  the  chronicle  of  Ilurtmann  Schedel."' 


PRE-COLUMBIAX    DISCOVEKIES    OF    AMERICA.        163 
l'^f5T''';/;''''o''T-    >^"^''J'''^^^"^^'-^'^'«'"'>f'''.     Paris  1834      1- 

F.4r'v*5?';,o:  9,"?'^™"''   ""'    ""   "1"'"""  »P'-«»».l.   by   I.T.„5„,.  C: 
Humboldt,  V -.  H-  AIcvhihI.m-  ww.      v.. 

A  long  discuswion.    Uiifiivorable. 

Colombo,    Crititoforo.     Selec*;  Iptfprs;-  r.,i     i..,  t>     tj     ht  ■ 
(Hakluyt  Society.)     London.  1&.     j^pl^xxl-xx^i/"/^^  ^^'^"'- 
Mr.  ]\Injor  docs  not  favor  the  claim. 

8:  W?iS,»r'"«P.  "'■■"""■"'"'''■  ''"  ""■■"•"  ««-■     n.'"-..  1852. 

Favorable. 

Haven,  S :  F.     ArchiPologv  of  the  Unitod  States      /  h>  Rm,-f i. 

Claim  mentioned,  but  no  view  expressed. 


Inclined  to  bo  unfavorable. 

5o-*J^P^''^"T  '"°"***?y  magazine.    X.  Y..  1871.    43  •  425-485 
ReV:  M:  M^,/"  -— ^^t-n   of  tlK>  clainus  of   CV,i;mbus,ty 

^vhiS':orr'esJ,UV'.PSfeS^^fe  thinks  that  he  plaeed  on  it  land 

had  nes  er  himself  discoSi\'^^    ^<"PPos,ng  ,t  to  exist  there,  thongh  he 


164       PRE-COLUMIIIAN    DISCOVERIES    OF    AMKKIUA. 

Gives  an  EngliHh  translation  of  the  pnseagf  In  Schedcrs  work,  on  which 
18  baaed  Behaim's  claim.  States  that  "the  'Chronicle,'  in  the  handwriUnc 
of  Schedel,  is  jjreserved  at  Nnremberjj;;  but  the  passage  contained  in  the 
extract  above  given  is  added  in  a  ditfcrcnt  hand."  Bartlett  therefore  con- 
siders the  claim  iinfounaed. 


IX.     DISCOVERY  BY  COUSIN  OF   DIEPPE. 

Memoires  clironologiqucs  pour  sorvir  a  I'liistoire  dc  Dieppe,  et 
k  celle  (Ic  hi  luivigation  t'rauyaise.     Paris,  1785.     1 :  91-98.     B3L 

Says  that  Consin  left  Dieppe  at  the  beginning  of  1488,  and  at  the  end  of 
two  months  arrived  at  the  mouth  of  a  great  river,  which  he  called  "  Marag- 
non,"  and  which  has  been  since  named  the  "  Fleuve  des  Amazcmcs."  He 
returned  to  Dieppe  in  1489.  Vincent  Pincon,  one  of  Cousin's  captains,  de- 
serted the  people  of  Dieppe  and  went  to  Geneva,  wlierc  it  is  ihought  he  told 
Columbus  of  Cousin's  discoveries.  The  author  of  the  "Memoires"  does  not 
give  his  authorities  for  these  facts. 

Estancelin,  L :  Recherches  sui-  les  voyages  et  deeouvertes  des 
navigateurs  norinaiids  en  Afrique,  dans  les  Indes  Orientales  et  en 
Anierique.     Paris,  1832.     pp.  332-3G1.     BP. 

Discusses  the  question  whether  Cousin  discovered  America  before  Co- 
lumbus, and  whether  it  was  from  him  that  Columbus  obtained  his  knowledge 
The  author  is  scarcely  inclined  to  believe  it. 

Gu^rin,  Leon.  Les  navigateuvs  franeais.  Paris,  1846.  pp. 
47-49.     BP.  /' 

Claim  mentioned,  but  no  opinion  expressed. 

Parkm.i,  Francis.  Pioneers  of  France  in  the  New  World. 
Boston,  18G5.     pp.  169-170.    //. 

"  The  story  may  not  be  quite  void  of  foundation." 

Gaffarel,  Paul,  ^fetudes  sur  les  ra])ports  de  I'Amerique  ct  de 
I'Ancien  Continent  avant  Christophe  Columb.  Paris,  1869.  pp. 
814-324.    BF.  ^^ 

Favorable.  ,  i 

Bryant,  W:  Cullen,  and  Gay,  Sidney  Howard.  Popular  his- 
tory of  the  United  States.     N.  Y.,  1876.     1 :  139.     //. 

Unfavorable. 


^^ 


